Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Hughes Hall
Hughes Hall Acoustic Upgrades Cornell University Ithaca, NY 14853 ARCHITECT: KSS Architects LLP 150 S. I nc e Dendence Mall West Philadelp-iia, Pennsylvania 19106 Tel: 215-320-3000 MEP / FP Engineer Bruce E Brooks & Associates 2209 Chestnut Street Philacelpnia, PA 19103 215-569-0400 ABBREVIATIONS__ ___________------------_-_ ABOVE FINISHED =LOOR ACCESS DOOR ACOUSTICAL ACOUSTICAL CEILING BOARD ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE ADHESIVE ADJACENT ADJUSTABLE AIR CONDITIONING ALTERNATE ALUMINUM ANCHOR BOLT ANGLE ANODIZED APARTMENT ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL ASPHALT AUTOMATIC AVERAGE BALANCE BALLED & BAGGED BARRIER FREE BASEMENT BEAM BEARING BEDROOM BETWEEN BEVELED BITUMINOUS BLOCK BLOCKING BOARD BY OTHERS BOTTOM BOTTOM OF CURB BOTTOM OF STEEL BRACKET BR CK BR OK COURSE BU.LDING DU LT -UP ROOFING CABINET CARPET CASING BEAD CHALK BOARD CAST IRON CE LING CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS CEMENT PLASTER CENTER CENTER LINE CERAMIC TILE CHANNEL CLEAR, CLEARANCE CLR CLEAR TEMPERED PLATE GLASS CTP AFF AD ACOUS ACB ACT ADH ADJ ADJUST AC ALT ALUM AB L ANOD APT ARCH ASPH AUTO AVG BAL B&B BF BSMT BM BRG BR BTWN BEV BIT BLK BLKG BD BO BOT,B BOC BOS BRKT BRK BC BLDG BUR CAB CPT CASING BD CB CI CLG CEM CEM.PLAS CTR CLG CT CH CLOSET COLUMN COLD ROLLED CHANNEL COMPOSITE COMPRESSIBLE CONCRETE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONFERENCE CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS CONTROL CONTROL JOINT CONVECTOR CORRIDOR COUNTER FLASHING COURSE CUBIC FEET DAMPPROOFING DEPARTMENT DETAIL DIAGONAL DIAMETER DIFFUSER DIMENSION DISPENSER DIVISION DOOR DOUBLE DOWN DRAWING CLOS COL CRC COMP COMPR CONC CMU CONF CONST CONT CONTR CJ CONV CORR CTR FLASH'G C CF DP DEPT DTL D IAG DIA DIFF DIM DISP DIV DR DBL DN DWG EACH EAST ELASTOMERIO ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC WATER COOLER ELEVATION ELEVATOR EMERGENCY ENCLOSURE ENTRANCE EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXHAUST EXISTING EXPANSION JOINT EXPOSED EXTERIOR EXTRUSION, EXTRUDED FEET FIBERGLASS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED FILLER PANEL FINISH FINISH TO FINISH FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FIRERETARDANT TREATED FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR FLUORESCENT FOOTING FOUNDATION FRAME FULL SIZE FURNISH FURRING GAGE, GUAGE GALLON GALVAN IZED GENERAL CONCRETE GLASS GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONC GLAZE GLUE LAM'NATED GRADE GROUND GYPSUM GYPSUM WALLBOARD HAND HANDICAPPED HANDRAIL HARDBOARD HARDWARE HEAD HEAT HEATING, VENTILATING AND A/C HIGH H IGHPOINT HIGHWAY HOLLOW CORE HOLLOW METAL HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION HORIZONTAL HORSEPOWER HOUR HYDRANT INCHES INCLUDE INSIDE DIAMETER INSULATION INTERIOR INVERT JANITOR JOINT JANITOR CLOSET KILN DRIED KITCHEN KNOCKOUT KICK PLATE LAMINATED LAVATORY LEAD COATED COPPER LEFT LEFT HAND EA E ELAST ELEC EWC EL ELEV EMERG ENOL ENTR EQ EQUIP EXH EXIST EJ EXP EXT EXTR FT FIB FRP FP FIN FTF FEC FTD FD FL FLUOR FTG FDN FR FS FURN FUR GA GAL GALV GC GL GFRC G LZ LENGTH LIGHTING LIGHTWEIGHT LIVING ROOM LONG LOUVER LOW POINT MACHINE MAINTENANCE MANUFACTURER MARKER BOARD MASONRY MASONRY OPENING MATERIAL MECHANICAL MEMBRANE METAL METAL CEILING PANEL MEZZANINE MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MOLDING MOUNTED MOVABLE MULLION MULTIPLE NATURAL NOMINAL NOMINAL INSIDE DIAMETER NORTH NOT IN CONTACT NOT TO SCALE NUMBER OFFICE ON CENTER OPENING OPPOSITE OUNCE OUTS DE DIAMETER OVERFLOW DRAIN OVERALL GLU LAM OVERHEAD GD GND GYP GWB HND HCP HNDRL HDBD HDWE HD HT HVAC H HPT HWY HC HM HSS HORZ HP HR HYD IN INCL ID INSUL INT INV JAN JT JC KD KIT KO KP LAM LAV LCC L LH PAINT PAINTED PAIR PANEL PARTITION PARTICLE BOARD PAVEMENT PERFORATED PHILLIP'S HEAD SCREW PHOTOVOLTAIC PLANT PLATE PLASTER PLASTIC LAMINATE PLYWOOD POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PRESSURE PRESSURE TREATED PROTECTION QUARRY TILE RADIUS RAIN WATER CONDUCTOR RAIN WATER LEADER RECESSED RECTANGULAR REFERENCE REFRIGERATOR REINFORCING REINFORCING BAR REMOVABLE REQUIRED REVISION, REVISED RIGHT RIGHT HAND RISER ROOF DRAIN ROOFING ROOM ROUGH OPENING ROUND LG LTG LTWT LR LNG LVR LP MACH MAINT MFR MB MAS MO MATL MECH MEMB MTL MCP MEZZ M M SC MOD BIT MLDG MTD MVBL MULL MULT NAT NOM NID N NIC NTS NOM OFF OC OPNG OPP OZ OUT DIA OD OA OH PT PTD PR PNL PTN PART BD PVMT PERF PHS PV PLT PL PLAS PLAM PLYWD PSF PSI PRES PT, PRTD PROT QT R, RAD RWC RWL REC RECT REF REFR REINF REBAR REM REQD REV RT RH R RD REG RM RO RND Acoustic/AV/IT Consultant Acentech 8 Inter iex Drive, #218 Trevose. PA 19053 215-245-8244 RUBBER RUB RUBBER BASE RB RUBBER NAILER FASTENING STRIP RNFS SAN TARY SCHEDULE SCORED JOINT SEALED SECTION SHEET SIMI_AR SOFTWOOD SOLID CORE SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASSIFICATION SOUTH SPACES SPECIFICATION SQUARE SQUARE FOOT STANDARDQ STEEL STAINLESS STEEL STORAGE STORM STRAIGHT STRUCTURAL STUCCO SUBFLOOR SURFACE SUSPENDED SWITCH SYSTEM TACKBOARD TEMPORARY TERRAllO TEMPERATURE THERMAL THRESHOLD TONGUE AND GROOVE TOP OF BEAM TOP OF CURB TOP OF WALL TOP OF STEEL TREAD TREATED TYPICAL UNF NISHED UTILITY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VALUE VENEER VENTILATING VER FY IN FIELD VERTICAL VINYL BASE VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VOLUME WAINSCOT WATER CLOSET WALL COVERING WATERPROOF WATERRESISTANT WEIGHT WELDED WIRE FABRIC WEST WIDE FLANGE WINDOW WITH WITHOUT WOOD YARD SAN SCHED SCD JT SLD SECT SHT SIM SFTWD SC SAB STC S SP SPEC SO SQ FT STD STL SST STOR ST STR STRUC STC SUBFL SURF SUSP SW SYS, SYST TB TEMP TER TEMP THERM THRESH T&G TOB TC TW TOS T TRTD TYP UNFIN UTIL UON VAL VEN VENT VIF VERT VB VCT VOL WA WC W COV WP WR WT WWF W WF WDW W/ W/0 WD YD GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK. SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES, ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS, AND IN A PROFESSIONAL WORKMAN LIKE MANNER. 2. CONTRACTORS AND THEIR STAFF ARE CONSIDERED BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT, THROUGHOUT THE PREPARATION OF DOCUMENTS AND THE CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE, TO BE KNOWLEDGEABLE PROFESSIONALS SKILLED IN THEIR TRADE, AND THAT THEY ALONG WITH THE ARCHITECT SHALL ENDEAVOR TO PRODUCE A QUALITY PRODUCT, 3. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE AFFECTING THE WORK DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. BRING TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT ANY DISCREPANCIES WHICH MAY ALTER OR IMPEDE THE ORIGINAL OR INTENDED DESIGN. 4. OBTAIN, FILE AND PAY FEES FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND CERTIFICATES. 5. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DEMOLITION OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK AS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS PROJECT, INCLUDING SHORING, BRACING, ETC. AND LEGALLY REMOVE UNWANTED MATERIAL AND DEBRIS FROM THE SITE. PROVIDE ADEQUATE BARRICADES AND OTHER TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO PREVENT INJURY TO PERSONS. 6. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS 7. CLEAN & PAINT ALL SURFACES WITHIN PROJECT AREA INCLUDING WINDOWS, WALLS, DOORS, AND CEILINGS. GRAPHIC SYMBOLS MATERIAL SYMBOLS EARTH POROUS FILL CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT BRICK CONCRETE CAST STONE STEEL A_UMINIUM P_YWOOD r4 i i RIGID INSULATION ROUGH WOOD CONTINUOUS ROUGH WOOD INTERMITTENT ROUGH WOOD CONTINUOUS FINISHED WOOD INSULATED METAL PANEL GROUT BATT INSULATION GYPSUM WALLBOARD it 4 -',SITE CONTEXT PIS PROJECT NOTES 1. SEE SCOPE OF WORK ROOM SCHEDULE BELOW FOR AREA OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT. THE AREA OF WORK INCLUDES BOTH SIDES OF ENCLOSING PARTITIONS, UNO ALL NOTES APPLY TO AREA OF WORK ONLY. 2. THE AREAS OF WORK ARE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING ROOMS AND SPACES. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER FOR ACCESS AND ANY REQUIRED SHUTDOWNS OR VACANCIES. SCOPE OF WORK Number Name LL1 L0021 MEN'S RESTROOM L0022 WOMEN'S RESTROOM L0023 L28 GENDER NEUTRAL TOILET EVENT ROOM L0041 ------------- LEVEL 0 CORRIDOR ----------------------------------- 00021 WOMEN'S RESTROOM G28M ASSOC. DEAN G28R MEETING ROOM G29 SEMINAR ROOM G52 MEETING ROOM LEVEL 1 INTERIOR PARTITIONS 3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTION ANC BARRIERS AS REQJIRED TO FACILITATE THE WORK AND PROVIDE SAFE ACCESS AND EGRESS TO THE PUBLIC, 4. FOR ALL PARTITIONS, SEAL OPEN DUCT AND PIPING PENETRATIONS ABOVE CEILINGS, PROVIDE SLEEVES AND SEALANT AROUND DUCTS, PIPE, CONDUIT, ETC. AT ALL INTERIOR PARTITION PENETRATIONS PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5. FOR ALL PARTITIONS, SEAL TOP OF PARTITIONS TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, 6. WHERE NOTED, REMOVE EXISTING WALL BOX(ES), APPLY FIRESTOP PUTTY PAD TO SIDES AND REAR OF BOX(ES). REINSTALL BOX IN EXISTING LOCATION AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITION. BASIS OF DESIGN: H'LTI (MODEL# CP617), INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. DRAWING LIST G000 COVER SHEET A101 KEY PLANS, LOWER LEVEL, GROUND LEVEL, LEVEL 1 A102 ENLARGED PLANS A210 ENLARGED CEILING PLANS A812 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS & DETAILS H.1 BATHROOM CHANGES HVAC NEW WORK PLANS H.2 HVAC SPECS PAMELA L. REW KEY NOTES 1: ISOLATION AT PARTITION WITH MONITOR INSTALL PARTITION P1 FLUSH TO F.D. METAL STUDS OF EXST PARTITIONS WITH ACOUSTIC CLIPS. SEE A812 FOR ADDTL INFORMATION BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC CLIP, PLITEQ GENIECLIP (RESILIENT CLIP) OR APPROVED EQUAL 2: STORM WINDOWS PROW:DE ALUMINUM FRAMED HORIZONTALLY SLIDING STORM WINDOW IN EXISTING OPENING 4 -INCHES INBOARD OF EXISTING STEEL CASEMENT WINDOWS ON THE ROOM SIDE, BASIS OF DESIGN: MAN -RAY DEVAC 450 -GL SERIES TO MATCH OTHER SIMILAR IN FACILITY. 3: INSTALL 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT WHERE NOTED; REMOVE, PROTECT AND STORE EXISTING WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND EXISTING 1/4" GLAZING. TURN GLAZING UNITS OVER TO UNIVERSITY UNDAMAGED. PREPARE GLAZING STOPS AS SHOWN ANS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT. INSTALL INSULATING GLASS AS DETAILED WITH GLAZING TAPE AND ACOUSTIC SEAL, SEE 15/A812, BASIS OF DESIGN: GLAZING TAPE TREMCO 440 TAPE, 1/8" ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO PRO GLAZE 4: REMOVE EXISTING TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES: REMOVE AND MAKE SAFE EXISITNG AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER AND RECESSED TRASH RECEPTACLE/TOWEL DISPENSER. PATCH, REPAIR AND FINISH PARTITION TO MATCH ADJACENT, INSTALL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PROVIDED BY UNIVERSITY. SEE MEP H.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5: REPLACE GLAZING SEALS: WHERE NOTED, REMOVE, PROTECT AND STORE EXISTING WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND INSULATING GLASS. CATALOG ALL UNITS BY LOCATION AND ORIENTATION FOR REINSTALLATION. REINSTALL INSULATING GLASS AS DETAILED WITH GLAZING TAPE AND ACOUSTIC SEA_. SEE 14/A812. BASIS OF DESIGN: GLAZING TAPE: TREMCO 440 TAPE. 1/8" ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO PRO GLAZE 6: REPLACE GLASS IN DOOR: REMOVE PROTECT AND STORE WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND 1/4" FULL LITE VISION GLASS FROM EXISTING WOOD DOOR. TURN GLAZING OVER TO UNIVERSITY UNDAMAGED. PROVIDE 5/8" THICK INSULATING GLASS IN EXISITNG WOOD DOOR. MODIFY TO FIT AND REINSTALL OR REPLACE WOOD GLAZING STOPS WITH NEVV TO MATCH EXISTING WOOD SPECIES COLOR AND FINISH. 7: ACOUSTIC SEAL AT PARTITION: PROVIDE CONTINOUS BOND BREAKER AND ACOUSTIC SEALANT AT FULL HEIGHT OF WOOD STOREFRONT MULLION AT INTERSECTION WITH PARTITION; SEE DETAIL 15/A812, TYP BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO ACOUSTIC/CURTAINWALL SEALANT 8: ACOUSTIC SEAL AT EXISTING WINDOWS: PROVIDE CONTINOUS ACOUSTIC SEALANT "HEEL BEAD" AT FULL PERIMETER OF INTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR WINDOWS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN, TYP BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO ACOUSTIC/CURTAINWALL SEALANT 9: ADD ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS BASIS OF DESIGN: PROVIDE SOUNDSOAK 60 -FR -701, 1" THICK FABRIC WRAPPED WALL PANELS WITH KERF EDGE BY ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. FABRIC COLOR TO BE CHOSEN FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RANGE. GENERAL INSTALLATION: PANELS TO BE MOUNTED USING MANUFACTURER'S INTERNAL H SPLINE OVER FURRING STRIPS MOUNTED TO EXISTING WALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. ALL EXPOSED EDGES TO BE PROVIDED WITH MANUFACTURER'S J MOLDING. LOCATE PANELS EXTENDING FROM 4' ABOVE THE FLOOR, TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE CEILING, WALL LOCATION AS SHOWN. 10: CEILINGS: WHERE NOTED IN RESTROOM CEILINGS, REMOVE EXISTING GWB CEILING INCLUDING ALL BACKUP, ANCHORAGE AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORT, INSTALL ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. BASIS OF DESIGN: ARMSTRONG OPTIMA SQUARE TEGJLAR FINE TEXTURE, 24"X24"X1" (MODEL #3355) WITH SUPRAFINE 9/16" SUSPENSION GRID. 11: ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS: PROVDE SURFACE MOUNTED 24X48 WOOD FIBER ACOUSTICAL PANELS OVER EXISITNG GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. USE MANUFACTURER'S D-20 MOUNTING CONFIGURATION WITH 1X3 WOOD FURRING STRIPS AT 24" 0.0. OVER GYPSUM BOARD AND DIRECT ATTACHED ACOUSTIC PANELS. BASIS OF DESIGN: 1" TECTUM PANELS BY ARMSTRONG 2 (1) on u 037828-1 4-0 • O • 00 Ln O Z O u No Date Revision KSS ARCHITECTS 150 So, )ndea.J''k:',n e '1c Suite e 944 , P f; 1 M.. 215,32'0„000 S.co 1 - Bruce E Brooks &t Associates 2709 Chestnut Philadelphia, 215-569-0400 a00 Keast £t Hood Co. of New York, P.C. 400 Market N Suite 1250 Philadelphia R4 19106 215-625-009 Acentech erpLex Trevose, e'4Yose. Trowbridge Wolf Michaels 1001: 3:, ` } { . S S wr":a0"�, 1.: )L ;: ca; (4Y Atelier 10 € 95 Church St 2 New Haven, .. 06510 203-7 TG Miller 203 North Aurvas, Street )thaca, NY aPyh:�, BID SUBMISSION Project No.:2014-22194 Issued: 03/15/2019 Cover Sheet G000 SCOPE OF WORK Number Name 128 CAREER SERVICES RECEPTION / ADMIN. 128M C.S. INTERVIEW 128N C.S. INTERVIEW 130 C.S. INTERVIEW 132 C.S. INTERVIEW 10020 RESTROOM 10021 RESTROOM 3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTION ANC BARRIERS AS REQJIRED TO FACILITATE THE WORK AND PROVIDE SAFE ACCESS AND EGRESS TO THE PUBLIC, 4. FOR ALL PARTITIONS, SEAL OPEN DUCT AND PIPING PENETRATIONS ABOVE CEILINGS, PROVIDE SLEEVES AND SEALANT AROUND DUCTS, PIPE, CONDUIT, ETC. AT ALL INTERIOR PARTITION PENETRATIONS PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5. FOR ALL PARTITIONS, SEAL TOP OF PARTITIONS TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, 6. WHERE NOTED, REMOVE EXISTING WALL BOX(ES), APPLY FIRESTOP PUTTY PAD TO SIDES AND REAR OF BOX(ES). REINSTALL BOX IN EXISTING LOCATION AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITION. BASIS OF DESIGN: H'LTI (MODEL# CP617), INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. DRAWING LIST G000 COVER SHEET A101 KEY PLANS, LOWER LEVEL, GROUND LEVEL, LEVEL 1 A102 ENLARGED PLANS A210 ENLARGED CEILING PLANS A812 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS & DETAILS H.1 BATHROOM CHANGES HVAC NEW WORK PLANS H.2 HVAC SPECS PAMELA L. REW KEY NOTES 1: ISOLATION AT PARTITION WITH MONITOR INSTALL PARTITION P1 FLUSH TO F.D. METAL STUDS OF EXST PARTITIONS WITH ACOUSTIC CLIPS. SEE A812 FOR ADDTL INFORMATION BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC CLIP, PLITEQ GENIECLIP (RESILIENT CLIP) OR APPROVED EQUAL 2: STORM WINDOWS PROW:DE ALUMINUM FRAMED HORIZONTALLY SLIDING STORM WINDOW IN EXISTING OPENING 4 -INCHES INBOARD OF EXISTING STEEL CASEMENT WINDOWS ON THE ROOM SIDE, BASIS OF DESIGN: MAN -RAY DEVAC 450 -GL SERIES TO MATCH OTHER SIMILAR IN FACILITY. 3: INSTALL 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT WHERE NOTED; REMOVE, PROTECT AND STORE EXISTING WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND EXISTING 1/4" GLAZING. TURN GLAZING UNITS OVER TO UNIVERSITY UNDAMAGED. PREPARE GLAZING STOPS AS SHOWN ANS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT. INSTALL INSULATING GLASS AS DETAILED WITH GLAZING TAPE AND ACOUSTIC SEAL, SEE 15/A812, BASIS OF DESIGN: GLAZING TAPE TREMCO 440 TAPE, 1/8" ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO PRO GLAZE 4: REMOVE EXISTING TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES: REMOVE AND MAKE SAFE EXISITNG AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER AND RECESSED TRASH RECEPTACLE/TOWEL DISPENSER. PATCH, REPAIR AND FINISH PARTITION TO MATCH ADJACENT, INSTALL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PROVIDED BY UNIVERSITY. SEE MEP H.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 5: REPLACE GLAZING SEALS: WHERE NOTED, REMOVE, PROTECT AND STORE EXISTING WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND INSULATING GLASS. CATALOG ALL UNITS BY LOCATION AND ORIENTATION FOR REINSTALLATION. REINSTALL INSULATING GLASS AS DETAILED WITH GLAZING TAPE AND ACOUSTIC SEA_. SEE 14/A812. BASIS OF DESIGN: GLAZING TAPE: TREMCO 440 TAPE. 1/8" ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO PRO GLAZE 6: REPLACE GLASS IN DOOR: REMOVE PROTECT AND STORE WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND 1/4" FULL LITE VISION GLASS FROM EXISTING WOOD DOOR. TURN GLAZING OVER TO UNIVERSITY UNDAMAGED. PROVIDE 5/8" THICK INSULATING GLASS IN EXISITNG WOOD DOOR. MODIFY TO FIT AND REINSTALL OR REPLACE WOOD GLAZING STOPS WITH NEVV TO MATCH EXISTING WOOD SPECIES COLOR AND FINISH. 7: ACOUSTIC SEAL AT PARTITION: PROVIDE CONTINOUS BOND BREAKER AND ACOUSTIC SEALANT AT FULL HEIGHT OF WOOD STOREFRONT MULLION AT INTERSECTION WITH PARTITION; SEE DETAIL 15/A812, TYP BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO ACOUSTIC/CURTAINWALL SEALANT 8: ACOUSTIC SEAL AT EXISTING WINDOWS: PROVIDE CONTINOUS ACOUSTIC SEALANT "HEEL BEAD" AT FULL PERIMETER OF INTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR WINDOWS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN, TYP BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO ACOUSTIC/CURTAINWALL SEALANT 9: ADD ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS BASIS OF DESIGN: PROVIDE SOUNDSOAK 60 -FR -701, 1" THICK FABRIC WRAPPED WALL PANELS WITH KERF EDGE BY ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. FABRIC COLOR TO BE CHOSEN FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RANGE. GENERAL INSTALLATION: PANELS TO BE MOUNTED USING MANUFACTURER'S INTERNAL H SPLINE OVER FURRING STRIPS MOUNTED TO EXISTING WALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. ALL EXPOSED EDGES TO BE PROVIDED WITH MANUFACTURER'S J MOLDING. LOCATE PANELS EXTENDING FROM 4' ABOVE THE FLOOR, TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE CEILING, WALL LOCATION AS SHOWN. 10: CEILINGS: WHERE NOTED IN RESTROOM CEILINGS, REMOVE EXISTING GWB CEILING INCLUDING ALL BACKUP, ANCHORAGE AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORT, INSTALL ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. BASIS OF DESIGN: ARMSTRONG OPTIMA SQUARE TEGJLAR FINE TEXTURE, 24"X24"X1" (MODEL #3355) WITH SUPRAFINE 9/16" SUSPENSION GRID. 11: ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS: PROVDE SURFACE MOUNTED 24X48 WOOD FIBER ACOUSTICAL PANELS OVER EXISITNG GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. USE MANUFACTURER'S D-20 MOUNTING CONFIGURATION WITH 1X3 WOOD FURRING STRIPS AT 24" 0.0. OVER GYPSUM BOARD AND DIRECT ATTACHED ACOUSTIC PANELS. BASIS OF DESIGN: 1" TECTUM PANELS BY ARMSTRONG 2 (1) on u 037828-1 4-0 • O • 00 Ln O Z O u No Date Revision KSS ARCHITECTS 150 So, )ndea.J''k:',n e '1c Suite e 944 , P f; 1 M.. 215,32'0„000 S.co 1 - Bruce E Brooks &t Associates 2709 Chestnut Philadelphia, 215-569-0400 a00 Keast £t Hood Co. of New York, P.C. 400 Market N Suite 1250 Philadelphia R4 19106 215-625-009 Acentech erpLex Trevose, e'4Yose. Trowbridge Wolf Michaels 1001: 3:, ` } { . S S wr":a0"�, 1.: )L ;: ca; (4Y Atelier 10 € 95 Church St 2 New Haven, .. 06510 203-7 TG Miller 203 North Aurvas, Street )thaca, NY aPyh:�, BID SUBMISSION Project No.:2014-22194 Issued: 03/15/2019 Cover Sheet G000 HUGHES HALL ACOUSTIC UPGRADES Project Manual & Specifications March 15, 2019 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, NY 14853 Architect KSS Architects 150 South Independence Mall W est Suite 944 Philadelphia, PA 19106 HUGHES HALL ACOUSTIC UPGRADES TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 Instructions to Bidders Bid Form General Conditions and Exhibits DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Summary of the W ork Section 01 14 00 W ork Restrictions Section 01 23 00 Alternates Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings Section 01 31 50 Electronic Project Management Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 35 29 General Health & Safety Section 01 35 43 General Environmental Requirements Section 01 35 44 Spill Control Section 01 35 45 Refrigerant Compliance Section 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements Section 01 42 00 References Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01 66 00 Storage and Protection Section 01 71 23 Field Engineering Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing Section 01 74 00 Construction W aste Management Section 01 77 00 Project Close Out Section 01 78 22 Fixed Equipment Inventory Section 01 78 23 Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 36 W arranties and Bonds Section 01 78 39 Record Documents DRAW INGS G000 COVER SHEET A101 KEY PLANS, LOW ER LEVEL, GROUND LEVEL, LEVEL 1 A102 ENLARGED PLANS A210 ENLARGED CEILING PLANS A812 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS & DETAILS H.1 BATHROOM CHANGES HVAC NEW W ORK PLANS H.2 HVAC SPECS END OF DOCUMENT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: Hughes Hall Acoustic Upgrades Owner: Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: KSS Architects 150 South Independence Mall W est Suite 944 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19106 1. PROPOSAL FORMS a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer. 2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. 3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Proposal for: Hughes Hall Acoustic Upgrades Submitted by: (Bidder) b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than 2:00PM on April 18, 2019. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-2 4. BID OPENING a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room 102C, Humphreys Service Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b. The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto. 5. BIDDING DOCUMENTS a. The Bidding Documents will consist of the following: (1) Instructions to Bidders. (2) Bid Form. (3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements". (4) Drawings and Specifications. (5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals. 6. DRAW INGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website (http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm ). For assistance, call 607-255-5343. b. Printed sets of bid documents will be available at $30.00 per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. Electronic access to the bid documents including addendums may be obtained for a non-refundable fee of $49.00 at the requestor’s option. All Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner. c. At the request of the successful bidder, Cornell will provide up to five (5) printed sets of drawings and specifications. 7. START OF W ORK a. W ork at the site shall be started within seven (7) calendar days from the date of issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall be achieve substantial completion of the project no later than August 2, 2019. b. The construction schedule is critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. 8. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and “Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-3 b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 8a above. 9. AW ARD OF CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor, services, materials, supplies, etc. shall be provided in accordance with the Contract. b. Award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. Contract award shall be subject to approval of Cornell University’s Contractors Qualification Statement. d. All Proposals shall be irrevocable until contract award, unless the bid is withdrawn. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within fourteen (14) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. 10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-4 11. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect. Inquiries received by the deadline established at the pre-bid conference will be given consideration. 12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 1:00PM , April 2, 2019, in Room B26A of the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum. 13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-5 15. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. An abbreviated "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form. b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. The complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. 16. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the space provided in the Bid Form. 17. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. 18. SUB-SURFACE CONDITIONS a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub-surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub-surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub- surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him. 19. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-6 20. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes. 21. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax-exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. 22. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 23. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS a. Provide with Bid Proposal: (1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening (2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder (3) List of Proposed Subcontractors (4) Abbreviated Schedule of Values (5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices (6) Completion of Milestone Schedule, if applicable (7) Bid Security b. W ithin fourteen days after bid opening: (1) MW BE Utilization Plan (2) Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan (3) Contractor’s Qualification Statement, if requested c. Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance Certificate (2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of W ork (bar chart) (5) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION BID FORM BF-1 HUGHES HALL ACOUSTIC UPGRADES Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID FORM Submitted by: Date To: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Gentlemen: The undersigned, (Name of Bidder) a (Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable) of (Address) having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated March, 15, 2019 prepared by KSS Architects, 150 South Independence Mall W est, Suite 944, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19106, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the following considerations: 1. BASE BID a. All work complete, for the sum of ($ ) for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS. BID FORM BF-2 2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will result in neither an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates. c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or the Owner and Contractor may agree to all of the following Alternate Proposals within fourteen (14) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as. Alternate No. Description ADD DEDUCT ONE Rooms 128N, 128M, 130 and 132 glazing $ $ TW O Room L0041 acoustic ceiling panels $ $ 3. MINORITY AND W OMEN’S BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (M/W BEs) a. The undersigned shall, if awarded the Contract, endeavor to include both Minority and W omen Owned Business Enterprises participation and to demonstrate a “good faith effort” with respect to these requirements. Goals shall be as follows: • A goal of 5.6% for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs. • A goal of 20.2% for W omen-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from W BEs. BID FORM BF-3 4. START OF W ORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within seven (7) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to achieve substantial completion of the project no later than August 2, 2019. b. The construction schedule is critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. 5. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions: (1) The Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors" prior to the award of the Contract, and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names. c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision. GLAZING FRAMING/DRYW ALL MILLW ORK BID FORM BF-4 PAINTING MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ BID FORM BF-5 6. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE W ORK TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the W ork with forces directly employed by the undersigned: b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor’s main Project Manager will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor’s main Superintendent will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. 7. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the W ork, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 15, 1.3, A. 8. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be furnished by (Name of Surety) b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders. % c. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $______________________ (10% of Bid Amount) is attached to this Bid. BID FORM BF-6 9. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum. b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work included under Alternate Proposals and to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions shall be excluded. Spec Section Trades and/or Subdivision Value Included in Base Bid Division 1 General Requirements Masonry Finishes Plumbing Electrical Total Bid $ BID FORM BF-7 10. SUBSTITUTIONS a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. d. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. Item and Specification Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material BID FORM BF-8 11. ACCEPTANCE a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall be irrevocable until contract award, unless the bid is withdrawn. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding process. b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. c. The undersigned further agrees to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to Section 7 herein upon execution of Agreement in e-Builder. d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within fourteen (14) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. e. It is understood and agreed that award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. BID FORM BF-9 12. ADDENDUM RECEIPT a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications is acknowledged: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: (Bidder) By: Title: Business Address: Dated: BID FORM BF-10 CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices that have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor. c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. (Bidder) By: Title: Dated: BID FORM BF-11 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER I, _____________________________________________________, certify that I am the _____________________________ of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General Contractors; that __________________________________, who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then _______________________________ of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. (Secretary-Clerk) (CORPORATE SEAL) Dated: BID FORM BF-12 MILESTONE SCHEDULE CORNELL UNIVERSITY HUGHES HALL ACOUSTIC UPGRADES OW NER'S EARLIEST START CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULED START OW NER'S LATEST FINISH CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULED FINISH Contract Award ----- ----- ----- State Approval Process ----- ----- Start Construction 5/13/2019 ----- ----- Construction Complete 8/2/2019 ----- Notes: 1. The Contractor shall complete this schedule and submit with the bid. Rev 12.2018 G E N E R A L C O N D I T I O N S FOR HUGHES HALL ACOUSTIC UPGRADES CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK i Rev 12.2018 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 Owner 1 Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings 1 Section 1.03 Order of Precedence 1 ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2 Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2 Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2 Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3 Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3 Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4 Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4 Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4 Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5 Section 2.10 Meetings 5 Section 2.11 Related W ork 5 Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5 Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5 Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6 Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6 ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 Access to the W ork 6 Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6 Section 3.03 Inspection of W ork 7 Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7 Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged W ork 7 Section 3.06 Acceptance 7 ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN W ORK Section 4.01 Changes 8 Section 4.02 Claims for Extra W ork 11 Section 4.03 Form of Change Orders 12 ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 Time of Completion 12 ii Rev 12.2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION Section 6.01 Termination for Cause 13 Section 6.02 Termination for Convenience of Owner 13 Section 6.03 Owner's Right to do W ork 13 ARTICLE 7 DISPUTES Section 7.01 Disputes Procedure 14 ARTICLE 8 SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 Subcontracting 15 ARTICLE 9 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 Cooperation with Other Contractors 15 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 Accidents and Accident Prevention 16 Section 10.02 Adjoining Property 17 Section 10.03 Emergencies 17 Section 10.04 Bonds 17 Section 10.05 Risks Assumed by the Contractor 18 Section 10.06 Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance 18 Section 10.07 Liability Insurance of the Owner 20 Section 10.08 Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 20 Section 10.09 Effect of Procurement of Insurance 21 Section 10.10 No Third Party Rights 21 ARTICLE 11 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OW NER Section 11.01 Substantial Completion 21 Section 11.02 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 21 ARTICLE 12 PAYMENT Section 12.01 Provision of Payment 22 Section 12.02 Stored Materials & Equipment 23 Section 12.03 Retention 24 Section 12.04 W ithholding Payments 24 Section 12.05 Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment 25 Section 12.06 Final Payment and Release 26 iii Rev 12.2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 13 TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 26 ARTICLE 14 GUARANTEE Section 14.01 Guarantee 27 ARTICLE 15 STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 27 Section 15.02 Laws Governing the Contract 27 Section 15.03 Assignments 27 Section 15.04 No Third Party Rights 28 Section 15.05 W aiver of Rights of Owner 28 Section 15.06 Limitation on Actions 28 Section 15.07 Owner's Representative 28 ARTICLE 16 MINORITY AND W OMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 Definitions 28 Section 16.02 Participation by Minority and W omen Business Enterprises 28 Section 16.03 MW BE Utilization Plan 29 Section 16.04 Reports and Records 29 ARTICLE 17 ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT 30 ARTICLE 18 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 30 ARTICLE 19 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 30 ARTICLE 20 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OW NER'S NAME Section 20.01 Release of Information 31 Section 20.02 Confidential Information 31 Section 20.03 Use of Owner's Name 31 ARTICLE 21 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 32 iv Rev 12.2018 EXHIBITS A Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Final Release C Guarantee D Form I MW BE Utilization Plan Form II Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan Form III Affirmative Action W orkforce Report E Labor Rate Breakdown F Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation G Contractor Performance Evaluation 1 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the W ork, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract. W hen requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University. C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the W ork. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the W ork and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said W ork. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the W ork, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. W hen provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. 2 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire W ork to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins-Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary W ork as may be required. C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the W ork, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. W henever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the W ork is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the W ork, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. W henever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. 3 Rev 12.2018 B. W here the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the W ork covered by this Contract, or the W ork covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. W hen required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. W hen materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract. D. W henever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time effective, responsive and competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the W ork and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the W ork any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. 4 Rev 12.2018 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the W ork; B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the W ork; C. That any temporary and permanent W ork required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the W ork and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the W ork, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the W ork and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the W ork. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the W ork. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 5 Rev 12.2018 B. During the progress of W ork, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all W ork and verify spatial relationships of all W ork. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of W ork, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the W ork in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to five (5) sets of Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias. B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing. C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. Section 2.10 - Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related W ork The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the W ork under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the W ork, but the Contractor shall lay out the W ork. Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the W ork and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 6 Rev 12.2018 Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 – Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project Project Number Date of Report W eather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor W ork/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 - Access to the W ork The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 7 Rev 12.2018 Section 3.03 - Inspection of W ork A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All W ork, all materials whether or not incorporated in the W ork, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the W ork. Any W ork not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all W ork of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing All materials and equipment used in the W ork shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any W ork shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the W ork may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the W ork must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said W ork is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If said W ork is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged W ork If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the W ork injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the W ork in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other W ork resulting therefrom. 8 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN W ORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the W ork, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. (iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as- built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 9 Rev 12.2018 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the W ork. W hen submitting change orders, equipment which is common to the project scope at hand is expected to be previously paid for as overhead / general conditions to the project. Special rental equipment or tools not common to the project that are required to perform the change order will be accepted as additional costs. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-up Percentages 1. W ork performed by the Contractor: W here the W ork is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. W ork performed by a Subcontractor: W here the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. W ork performed by a Sub-Subcontractor: W here work is performed by a Sub-Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub-Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. The maximum aggregate of all mark-up percentages may not exceed twenty five percent (25%). 4. No Markup on Bonds and Insurance Costs: Change Order cost adjustments due to increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall not be subject to any Markup Percentage. 5. Overtime Pay: No mark-up shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 10 Rev 12.2018 6. Direct and Indirect Costs Covered by Markup Percentages: As a further clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage is intended to cover the Contractor's profit and all indirect costs and expenses associated with the change order work. Items intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage include, without limit: home office expenses, branch office and field office overhead expense of any kind; project management; superintendents, general foremen; estimating, engineering; coordinating; expediting; purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing or other administrative expenses; reproduction of drawings and specifications; shop drawings and sample coordination; “as-built” drawings; permits; auto insurance and umbrella insurance; pick-up truck costs; parking permits; cellular phones; testing and inspection; temporary facilities; access and safety provisions; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small tools and/or tools already in use on site are also to be considered covered by the Markup Percentage. Small tools shall be defined as tools and equipment (power or non-power) with an individual purchase cost of less than $750 7. Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the markup percentage will apply to both additive and deductive change orders. In the case of a deductive change order, the credit will be computed by applying the percentage so that a deductive change order would be computed in the same manner as an additive change order. In those instances where a change involves both additive and deductive work, the additions and deductions will be netted and the markup percentage adjustments will be applied to the net amount F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order W ork, in the format detailed in Exhibit A. Each submission shall include an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the W ork covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other W ork to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto. 11 Rev 12.2018 Section 4.02 – Claims for Extra W ork If the Contractor claims (i) that any work it has been ordered to do is extra work or (ii) that it has performed or is going to perform extra work or (iii) that any action or omission of the Owner or the Architect is contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall: A. Promptly comply with such order; B. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, Article 4 of these General Condition and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within fourteen (14) calendar days after being ordered to perform the work claimed by it to be extra work or within fourteen (14) calendar days after commencing performance of the extra work, whichever date shall be the earlier, or within fourteen (14) calendar days after the said action or omission on the part of the Owner or the Architect occurred, a written notice of the basis of its claim and request a determination thereof; C. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within thirty (30) calendar days after said alleged extra work was required to be performed or said alleged extra work was commenced, whichever date shall be the earlier, or said alleged action or omission by the Owner or the Architect occurred, a verified detailed statement, with documentary evidence, of the items and basis of its claim; D. Produce for the Owner’s examination, upon notice from the Owner, all its books of account, bills, invoices, payrolls, subcontracts, time books, progress records, daily reports, bank deposit books, bank statements, checkbooks and cancelled checks, showing all of its actions and transactions in connection with or relating to or arising by reason of its claim, and submit persons in its employment and in its subcontractors' employment for examination under oath by any person designated by the Owner to investigate any claims made against the Owner under the Contract, such examination to be made at the offices of the Contractor; and E. Proceed diligently, pending and subsequent to the determination of the Owner with respect to any such disputed matter, with the performance of the Contract and in accordance with all instructions of the Owner and the Architect. F. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Section 4.02 shall be deemed to be: (i) a conclusive and binding determination on its part that said order, work, action or omission does not involve extra work and is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; and (ii) a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. The provisions of Section 4.02 is to promptly afford the Owner opportunity to cancel or revise any order, change its plans, mitigate or remedy the effects or circumstances giving rise to a claim or take such other action as may seem desirable and to verify any claimed expenses or circumstances as they occur. Compliance with such provisions is essential whether or not the Owner is aware of the circumstances of any order or other circumstances which might constitute a basis for a claim and whether or not the Owner has indicated it will consider a claim in connection therewith. G. No person has power to waive or modify any of the foregoing provisions and, in any action against the Owner to recover any sum in excess of the sum certified by the Owner to be due under or by reason of the Contract, the Contractor must allege in its complaint and prove compliance with the provisions of this Section. 12 Rev 12.2018 Section 4.03 - Form of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved via the Owner's E-Builder Change Order Process. No payment for change order W ork shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved as noted above. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the W ork, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the W ork. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any W ork, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect’s or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. W here W ork occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather. 13 Rev 12.2018 G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for: 1. all of the W ork, or 2. only that portion of the W ork altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the W ork at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the W ork. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of W ork under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the W ork and prosecute same to completion. Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do W ork The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the W ork or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 14 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any W ork which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be W ork which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; 2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. 15 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any W ork to any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the W ork, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the W ork to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the W ork of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and coordinate the W ork of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the W ork will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors. B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the W ork. 16 Rev 12.2018 E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the W ork, the Owner shall investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the W ork with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and 2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's W ork, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said W ork, plant, appliances and methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on W ork under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death, or significant near miss incidents that had the potential to result in serious injury or death. The Contractor shall upload all completed Contractor and Subcontractor incident investigation forms and reports within five (5) working days of the incident. The report shall include the extent of damage or injury, the persons involved and their employers, the number of days persons are hospitalized, and any other pertinent information required by Cornell University. Such reporting shall be submitted on the e-Builder Accident Form. 17 Rev 12.2018 C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. 4. A Contractor’s W aste Material Disposal Plan form is required (with or without waste) to be submitted with submission of the first payment. The form can be found at: https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/env/solid-waste/construction-demolition-waste/Pages/default.aspx D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the W ork. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the W ork. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's W ork. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. 18 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.04 - Bonds A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its trustees, officers, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or damage to tangible property, to the extent they arise out of or result from: 1. any negligent act or omission, or intentional or willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, or 2. any injury to an employee of the Contractor, its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them. The indemnification obligation under this section shall not be limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor under workers’ compensation, disability benefit or other employee benefit laws. B. In the event that Contractor is requested but refuses to honor its indemnification obligations hereunder, then the Contractor shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost, including reasonable attorneys' fees, of bringing an action to enforce such indemnification obligations. C. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated. Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. W orker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 19 Rev 12.2018 2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage’s issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage’s shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM) $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability, including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. 20 Rev 12.2018 D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor’s certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage’s and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage’s, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract. 21 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for Architect’s services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover “all risk” of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage’s including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract incidental to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature. 22 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OW NER Section 11.01 – Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the W ork, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for W ork which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the W ork in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. 23 Rev 12.2018 B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, as shown in the E-Builder Schedule of Values Process, when approved by the Owner shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit via the E-Builder Payment Application Process, a statement and all applicable documentation setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. The Contractor shall attach a single .pdf file of certified payrolls for all employees on the project as indicated in the E- Builder Payment Application Process. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor. 24 Rev 12.2018 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate in E-Builder. Approval of the Payment Application by the Architect shall not be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. Section 12.02 – Stored Materials & Equipment A. The Contractor may submit, no more than thirty (30) calendar days after contract approval and prior to the first application for payment, a written request to Cornell University for permission to invoice for critical materials and equipment ready, but not yet incorporated into the work. For the purpose of this paragraph, "critical materials and equipment" eligible for payment are defined as those items affecting project schedule or budget as determined by Cornell University's evaluation of the project schedule. This includes finished goods normally shipped to the job site in a condition ready for incorporation into the work that require significant time for delivery. Raw materials or work-in-process at a manufacturer's plant location shall not be eligible for such consideration unless the Contractor can demonstrate that Cornell University can save money by purchasing material in bulk quantities at the beginning of the project. B. Cornell University will be under no obligation to accept such requests. C. Payment authorized by Cornell University for such "long-lead" critical materials and equipment not yet incorporated in the work will be made provided the Contractor submits Exhibit H and complies with the following: 1. Items shall be listed in the “Total Materials Presently Stored” column on the Application for Payment. 2. Transfer of Title shall be executed and included in the Application for Payment. 3. The method used to store off-site items shall be described in the Contractor's request to invoice for such materials and equipment. Cornell University shall give prior approval of the location of off-site storage. Items requiring special environmental conditions to protect their integrity (temperature, humidity, etc.) shall be continuously stored in such an environment. 25 Rev 12.2018 4. Items in storage shall be identified as property of Cornell University, and a description of the identification method used shall be submitted in the Application for Payment. Contractor shall maintain all necessary insurance on items in storage. 5. A written and photographic inventory of items and method used to verify such inventory, including Contractor's certification that all quantities have been received in good condition at the job site or other location acceptable to Cornell University shall be submitted with the Application for Payment. 6. A copy of the vendor's invoice is included with the Contractor's invoice. Packing lists will not be accepted. D. Cornell University retains the right to verify storage by physical inspection prior to payment approval and at any time thereafter. Such payment shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for protecting, safeguarding, and properly installing the equipment or materials. The W arranty and Guarantee period shall not commence until installation and final acceptance of the completed work by Cornell University. The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site E. Each subsequent invoice will restate the prior months' materials and equipment not incorporated in the W ork and current month additions and deletions for materials and equipment incorporated into the W ork. F. Upon the making of partial payment by Cornell University, all work, materials, and equipment covered thereby shall become the sole property of Cornell University. Partial payments, however, shall not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's work by Cornell University, nor be construed as a waiver of any right or claim by Cornell University. Section 12.03 – Retention A. Retention in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor’s work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.06. B. Cornell University in its sole discretion may, upon the Contractor's application thereof, release retention applicable to a subcontractor, provided that there are no outstanding claims associated with the subcontractor's work and the subcontractor and Contractor submit an acceptable partial or final release when submitting the payment application process. If the project is bonded, a Consent of Surety to the reduction must be attached as well. 26 Rev 12.2018 Section 12.04 - W ithholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor. 5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.05 – Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As-Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. W arranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or W aiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub-Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. 27 Rev 12.2018 f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or W ord Documents of all documentation. Section 12.06 - Final Payment and Release A. W hen the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. W hen the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub- subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed W ork. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed W ork, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. 28 Rev 12.2018 B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract and made a part hereof, shall be deemed to be inserted herein and, in the event any such provision is not inserted or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, this Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. 29 Rev 12.2018 Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. Section 15.05 - W aiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. Section 15.07 - Owner's Representative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University’s designated representative (Ram Venkat) shall be recognized by the Contractor. ARTICLE 16 – MINORITY AND W OMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 – Definitions The terms "Minority-owned business enterprise" ("MBE") or “W omen-owned business enterprise” (“W BE”) or “minority group member” shall have the same meaning as under Section 310 of the New York State Executive Law, as the same may be from time to time amended. Section 16.02 – Participation by Minority and W omen Business Enterprises A. The Contractor shall, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provision of the Contract and at no additional cost to Owner, fully comply and cooperate with the Owner in the implementation of MBE and W BE goals. These requirements include equal employment opportunities for minority group members and women (“EEO”) and contracting opportunities for certified minority and women-owned business enterprises (“MW BEs”). The Contractor’s demonstration of “good faith efforts” shall be a part of these requirements. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to, and not in lieu of, the nondiscrimination provisions required by New York State or other applicable federal, state or local laws. B. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in each and every Agreement and/or Contract in such a manner that the provisions of this Article will be binding upon each subcontractor and supplier as to work in connection with and related to this Agreement. 30 Rev 12.2018 C. For purposes of this procurement, the Owner has established goals as outlined in the Bid Form for Minority-Owned Business Enterprises (“MBE”) and W omen-Owned Business Enterprises (“W BE”) participation. 1. The goal for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs. 2. The goal for W omen-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from W BEs. D. For purposes of providing meaningful participation by MW BEs on the Contract and achieving the Contract Goals established in paragraph C above, the Contractor should reference the Directory of New York State Certified MW BEs found at the following internet address: http://www.esd.ny.gov/mwbe.html. E. W here MW BE goals have been established herein, the Contractor must document “good faith efforts” to provide meaningful participation by MWBEs as sub-contractors or suppliers in the performance of the Contract. F. W here it appears that a Contractor is unable to comply with the MW BE participation requirements, Contractor may submit in writing for the Owner’s consideration, the reasons for Contractor’s inability to meet any or all of the participation requirements together with an explanation of the efforts taken by the Contractor to obtain the stated MW BE participation. Section 16.03 MW BE Utilization Plan A. The Contractor shall submit a MBE/W BE Utilization Plan for the Owner’s review prior within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of a Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed. B. The Contractor shall use such Owner approved MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the performance of MW BEs on the Contract pursuant to the prescribed MW BE goals established in Article 16 hereof. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible for implementing the MBE/W BE Utilization Plan of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action W orkforce Report attached hereto as Exhibit "D". Section 16.04 Reports and Records A. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "D" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting MBE/W BE Utilization Plans. Electronic versions are available in the E-Builder Resources Project or at https://fcs.cornell.edu/project- contractors-and-consultants. 1. MW BE Utilization Plan 2. Affirmative Action W orkforce Report 31 Rev 12.2018 B. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action W orkforce Report on a monthly basis, or as requested by Owner. The Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor and such report must document the progress made towards achievement of the MWBE goals of the Contract. Such forms shall be uploaded monthly to E-Builder. C. The Contractor shall permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Owner for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this Article. The Contractor shall include this provision in every subcontract so that such provision will be binding upon each subcontractor. ARTICLE 17 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the W ork. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the W ork) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the W ork has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub-Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the W ork. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 18 – CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION At project completion the Owner shall schedule a meeting to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner may schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50% completion) based on project complexity and/or duration. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached “Contractor Performance Evaluation”, Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 19 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell University. 32 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 20 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OW NER'S NAME Section 20.01 - Release of Information The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the W ork (including news releases, social media, internal house organizations, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. Section 20.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the extent that they require it in the performance of their W ork, during the term of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties. Section 20.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, social media, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative. 33 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 21 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at https://fcs.cornell.edu/project-contractors-and-consultants This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web https://secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. EXHIBIT "A" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation Cornell University has several standard forms related to Changes in the W ork. These forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements related to Changes in the W ork. The standard Construction Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms shall be used to facilitate preparation of change order requests in conformity with construction contract requirements. These forms shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their respective cost estimates for services associated with the Changed W ork for the Owner’s consideration and shall include all associated back-up documentation supporting the request. Direct Cost of the W ork: 1. Direct Labor – Include the “wages paid” hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. “Wages paid” is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 – Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. “Assigned Personnel or W ork Crews” should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job-site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material – Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of “Unit of Measure” include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment – Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums The Contractor’s actual documented bond premium rate as stated on their Bid Form at time of bid shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor’s overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract. EXHIBIT "A" EXHIBIT "A" CONST RUCT ION CONT RACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY DATE: PCO # PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF W ORK: 1 DIRECT COST OF W ORK: NAM E OF CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTORS TOTAL PERFORM ING W ORK COST TOTAL COST OF PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER ITEM $0 TOTAL CONTRACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "B" FINAL W AIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: . The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully-paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "C" GUARANTEE Date: In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated , we hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from , the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) (COMPANY) By: Title: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I 1 MW BE Utilization Plan – Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed – – Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project – PART I – PROJECT INFORM ATION e-Builder Project No. Project Name: Contract Value: Contractor Name and Address:Primary Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: Bid Date: % Goals MBE: 5.6% W BE: 20.2% Contractor’s MW BE Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: PART II – MW BE LIST (Update as MWBE firms come under contract, sign and date, resubmit) Subcontractor Name, Address, Contact, Email, MBE or W BE (List your firm if also MBE or WBE) Federal ID Number Dollar Value of Contract or Purchase Order Description of W ork or Supplies Subcontractor or Supplier Start and End Dates (Update totals as MWBE firms are added/subtracted to above list) Print Name of Principal or Officer: Title: Signature: Date: MW BE Contract Percentages Summary % MBE Totals W BE Totals EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I 2 MW BE Utilization Plan – Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed – – Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project – PART III – Quarterly Utilization Report (Subcontractors & Sub-subcontractors fill this out and submit to General Contractor to compile into a single form.) Double click on table to edit. Month/Year: General Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub- Subcontractor, or Vendor Trade Dollar Value of SubContract or Purchase Order M BE, W BE, or N/A % of Total Contract TOTALS 0 0 EXHIBIT "D" - FORM II SUMMARY OF BID ACTIVITY W ITH MBE AND W BE SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number): MBE and W BE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination EXPLANATION OF ELIMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary) OFFICER OF FIRM: Name and Title: Date: Signature: EXHIBIT "D" - FORM III EXHIBIT "E" LABOR RATE BREAKDOW N PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: TRADE: EFFECTIVE DATE: EXPIRATION DATE: Base Hourly Rate: $ Payroll Taxes and Insurance % per Hour F.I.C.A. Federal Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work) State Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work) * W orker's Compensation * Bodity Injury & Property Damage Disability TOTAL % Payroll Taxes and Insurance Rates: Base Rate (x) Total % = $ * Supplemental Benefits $ per Hour Vacation Health & W elfare Pension Annuity Education / Training Industry Total Hourly Fringe Benefits $ Hourly Labor Rate: Base Rate, Taxes/Insurance and Fringe Benefits $ Adjustment for a composite rate which includes apprentices: $ CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Signature of Authorized Representative: Print Name: Print Title: I certify that the labor rates, insurance enumerations, labor fringe enumerations and expenses are correct and in accordance with actual and true cost incurred. Rates are net Contractor cost after premium discounts and experience modifications have been applied against manual rate. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "F” STORED MATERIALS INVOICING DOCUM ENTATION PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR: REASON FOR REQUEST: APPLICATION FOR PAYM ENT NO. __________ DATE: 1 Material Identification Description: Quantity: Provide Specific Location of Materials Stored: 2 Material Value Attach an Invoice or Quantified Statement of Value. $ 3 Certificate of Insurance Attach a Certificate of Insurance for the above specified materials. Certificate shall name "Cornell University" as a loss payee with respect to the specified materials. 4 Transfer of Title The Contractor hereby agrees to transfer complete ownership of all listed materials to Cornell University at the time payment is made to Contractor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remains responsible for all contractual requirements for the above listed materials including complete installation and providing of all warranties. Signed: Date: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "G" Contractor Performance Evaluation Project Information Project Name:____________________________________________ Date Of Evaluation___________________ Project Number___________________________ Evaluators; Project Team_____________________________ Campus_________________________________ Project Start Date_________________________ Substantial Completion________________ Contractor______________________________________________ Prequalification Status_________________ Original Contract Amount__________________________________ Total Change Order Amount_____________ Contractor Project Manager___________________________________________ Initial Evaluation_____ Contractor Superintendent____________________________________________ Final Evaluation_____ Type Of Contract Prime Contractor___ Subcontractor___ Construction Manager___ Project Comments/Description Performance Evaluation Please give one rating for each category. Add comments as required to justify your rating. Fails to Achieve Needs Fully Achieve Freq Exceeds Cons Exceed Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 1 Quality of W orkmanship Rate this contractor's performance in regards to quality of work a. Compliance with project drawings and specifications b. W orkmanship quality and accuracy c. Tools- quality and sufficient quantity d. Equipment - sufficient quantity and operating condition e. Quality of jobsite craft personnel Comments: 2 Scheduling/Productivity Rate this contractor's performance with regard to producing and meeting contract schedules and milestones a. Project schedule quality and completeness b. Controlling of project schedule c. Manpower allocation for maintaining schedule d. Material deliveries to support project schedule e. Ability to meet substantial completion date and project milestones f. Productivity of work force g. Ability to deal with added work and unforeseen issues. Comments: 3 Subcontractor Management Rate this contractor's ability, effort and success in managing and coordinating subcontractors (if no subcontractors rate overall management performance) Comments: 3A Major subcontractor performance(score not added in final Contractor Evaluation For contractor information only a. Plumbing Contractor overall Performance Comments: b. HVAC Contractor overall Performance Comments: c. Electrical Contractor overall Performance Comments: Fails to Achieve Needs Fully Achieve Freq Exceeds Cons Exceed Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 4 MBE/W BE Participation Rate this contractor's MBE/W BE solicitation effort and participation for this project for, Project Team, Subcontractors, Material Vendors Comments: 5 Safety Rate this contractor's performance in regards to project safety a. Timely submission of site specific safety program b. Knowledge of OSHA standards c. Implementation of safety rules and regulations d. Promotion and creation of safety awareness e. Daily overall housekeeping f. Safety record g. Response to safety concerns h. Awareness of public safety Comments: 6 Contract Administration Rate this contractor's performance in regards to contract administration as per criteria below a. Timely submission of complet and correct documentation required for insurance and bond b. Change order processing c. Timely submission of RFI's, Shop Drawings, and change orders d. Subcontractor payments made promptly e. Timely submission of complete and correct payment applications f. Quality of paperwork Comments: 7 W orking Relationships Rate this contractor's working relationships with other parties (Cornell, Design Team, subcontractors,ect.) Comments: Fails to Achieve Needs Fully Achieve Freq Exceeds Cons Exceed Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 8 Supervisory Personnel Rating Rate the overall performance of this contractor's on site supervisory personnel and project management staff Comments: 9 Contract Close-Out Rate this contractor's overall ability to efficiently close out the project a. Timely completion of all punchlist items b. Timely resolution of all outstanding change orders c. Timely submission of all close out documents(O&M's, As-Builts, warranties, final releases and consent of surety) d. Quality of close out documentation and timely completion of any outstanding audit questions Comments: Summary Sheet Project:___________________________________________ Contractor:________________________________________ Rating Per W eight Performance Categories Category % Scoring 1 Quality of W orkmanship 0 15.00% 0 2 Scheduling 0 10.00% 0 3 Subcontractor Management 0 10.00% 0 4 MBE/W BE Participation 0 10.00% 0 5 Safety 0 10.00% 0 6 Contract Administration 0 10.00% 0 7 W orking Relationships 0 10.00% 0 8 On Site Supervisory Personnel Rating 0 18.00% 0 9 Contract Close Out 0 7.00% 0 Over All Rating 0 Rating Reference Fails to achieve expectation 1 Needs improvement 2 Fully achieves expectation 3 Frequently exceeds expectation 4 Consistently exceeds expectatio 5 OWNER COMMENTS: OWNER COMMENTS on 3A Ratings: CONTRACTOR COMMENTS: (To be completed by Contractor prior to Owner/Contractor discussion meeting) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK March 15, 2019 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HUGHES HALL ACOUSTIC UPGRADES CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF W ORK .....................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 W ORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS .........................................................1 1.3 CONTRACT MILESTONES ............................................................................2 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2 SECTION 01 14 00 W ORK RESTRICTIONS ..................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................1 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES ..............................................................1 1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES ..............................................................................2 1.4 W ATER USE RESTRICTION ..........................................................................2 1.5 PARKING ..........................................................................................................2 1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES ................................3 1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION ............................4 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS...................................................................4 1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. ........................5 1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAW INGS, ETC. ...................................5 1.11 STAND DOW N DATES ...................................................................................6 1.12 W ORKING HOURS ..........................................................................................6 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................6 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................6 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES ....................................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................1 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS............................................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................1 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................1 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES ......................................................................2 March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS .............................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................2 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST .............................................................................................2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.6 PROCEDURES..................................................................................................3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL ........................................................3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS ............................................................................4 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS .............................................................................................6 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS ..........................................................................7 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION ..........................................................8 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES ...................................................................................8 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................8 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................8 SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS ......................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING .................................................................1 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS ..................................................................................3 1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) ......................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT .................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................................................................................1 1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1 1.4 PROCEDURES..................................................................................................1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW ....................................................................................2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ......................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE .......................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES ..................................................................................1 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES ...........................................................................1 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS .................................................................................2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS .................................................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED ..........................................................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................3 3.1 DISTRIBUTION................................................................................................3 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION ........................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................1 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................1 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS ....................................................1 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS .........................................................................1 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS .......................................................1 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ..........................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE.................................................1 1.3 SHOP DRAW INGS ...........................................................................................3 1.4 PRODUCT DATA .............................................................................................3 1.5 SAMPLES..........................................................................................................4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS.......5 1.7 COORDINATION DRAW INGS ......................................................................6 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................8 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ........................................................................10 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS ...............................................................................11 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................11 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES .................................................................................12 1.13 DISTRIBUTION..............................................................................................13 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .......................................................................................13 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .....................................................................................13 March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY ....................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN ....................................1 1.3 AERIAL W ORK PLATFORMS .......................................................................2 1.4 ASBESTOS........................................................................................................3 1.5 LEAD .................................................................................................................3 1.6 SITE VISITS ......................................................................................................3 1.7 CONFINED SPACE ..........................................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS....................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................................................................................1 1.3 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................1 1.5 NOISE AND VIBRATION ...............................................................................2 1.6 DUST CONTROL .............................................................................................2 1.7 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .....................................................2 1.8 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTW ORK....................3 1.9 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS .......................................................4 1.10 DISPOSAL OF W ASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE ........................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL ..............................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION .......................................................................................1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES ..................................................................1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION ............................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5 March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 35 45 REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE.....................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1 1.3 RECORD DOCUMENTS .................................................................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................2 3.1 LEAK TESTING ...............................................................................................2 3.2 DEMOLITION PROCEDURE FOR EQUIPMENT REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................3 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES .............................................................................1 1.2 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................1 1.3 COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................1 1.4 OW NER’S REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................2 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES ....................................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.......................................................1 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................2 1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................2 1.4 OW NER AGREEMENTS .................................................................................4 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS ..............................................................................4 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ..........................................................5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED ........................................................................................18 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ......................................................................................18 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL .......................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION ..................................................1 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS.......................................................2 1.4 TESTING ...........................................................................................................3 1.5 OW NER'S REPRESENTATIVE ......................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3 March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ...........................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ................................................................................1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES.........................................................1 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION ...............................................................2 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS ..................................................................................3 2.5 SUPPORTS ........................................................................................................4 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES ........................................................................4 2.7 TEMPORARY W ATER CONTROL ................................................................5 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAW N PROTECTION ..................................................5 2.9 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION ..........................9 2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS ...................................................9 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS ...................................................9 2.12 SECURITY ........................................................................................................9 2.13 FIELD OFFICES ...............................................................................................9 3.0 EXECUTION .............................................................................................................10 3.1 PREPARATION ..............................................................................................10 3.2 GENERAL .......................................................................................................10 3.3 REMOVAL ......................................................................................................11 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ......................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ........................................................1 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE.........................................................................................1 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE .................................................................................2 1.5 PROTECTION ...................................................................................................3 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .......................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING .....................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR ................................................................1 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS .....................................................................1 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................2 1.5 RECORDS .........................................................................................................2 1.6 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ...................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.4 W ARRANTIES .................................................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................4 2.1 MATERIALS .....................................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4 3.1 INSPECTION ....................................................................................................4 3.2 PREPARATION ................................................................................................5 3.3 PERFORMANCE ..............................................................................................5 3.4 CLEANING .......................................................................................................7 March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 74 00 CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT ...............................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.2 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ..............................................................1 1.4 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL ..............................................................................4 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................4 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS ................................................................4 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................5 1.8 W ASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................6 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................7 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................7 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION ............................................................................7 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION W ASTE ...........................................................7 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION W ASTE, GENERAL .........................................................................................................8 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION W ASTE ............................................................9 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION W ASTE ....................................................10 3.6 DISPOSAL OF W ASTE..................................................................................11 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT .....................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP ...........................................................................................3 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK ................................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2 March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA .................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................1 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL ................................................................................2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES .............................................3 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ............................................4 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................6 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OW NER'S PERSONNEL ..............................................6 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................7 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................7 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................7 SECTION 01 78 36 W ARRANTIES AND BONDS ...........................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.5 W ARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................2 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................3 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED .............................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4 3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................4 3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS .................................................................................5 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS...................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES..................................1 1.3 RECORDING ....................................................................................................1 1.4 SUBMITTAL .....................................................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE W ORK HUGHES HALL SUMMARY OF W ORK 01 11 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF W ORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. W ork to be Done 1. Replace, upgrade and/or repair walls and ceilings in order to improve acoustic separation and performance between and within spaces like offices, meeting rooms and corridors B. The Scope of the W ork 1. The scope of the W ORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the W ork required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or W ork. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. 1.2 W ORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract work with work performed under others contracts. B. Preceding W ork: 1. None CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE W ORK HUGHES HALL SUMMARY OF W ORK 01 11 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 C. Concurrent / Future W ork: 1. None D. New York State Electric & Gas (NYSEG): 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the project management of NYSEG work including coordinating any scheduling associated with the Project. 2. The Owner shall be responsible for the cost associated with the work to be performed by NYSEG. No NYSEG costs shall be carried in the Contractor’s bid. 1.3 CONTRACT MILESTONES A. None 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York W ORK RESTRICTIONS HUGHES HALL W ORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 14 00 W ORK RESTRICTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant with the National Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYCRR Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https://www.dot.ny.gov/mutcd) and all other local laws and regulations. B. The Contractor shall carry on the W ork in the manner which will cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all times. C. The W ork shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. W here traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges. D. The Contractor shall maintain 20’ minimum fire lane access to all facilities in the area. E. The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required. F. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, outside the Contract Limit Lines (work area), and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner’s Representative. G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on permanent roadways due to the W ork. H. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York W ORK RESTRICTIONS HUGHES HALL W ORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 I. For that portion of the W ork required under this Contract which must be performed in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces. J. It is the Owner’s expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personnel lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of W ork. K. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval of the Owner's Representative. L. Parking may be made available for staging at Palm Road or other pre-determined area for the duration of the project. The Contractor will be responsible for fencing, securing and maintaining the designated area. All vehicles at Palm Road must be registered with Transportation Services. 1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES A. In the event of University closure, the Contractor should use their judgement, follow their internal guidance on continuity of operations, and the direction of law enforcement, as to whether or not they will maintain operations on construction sites on campus. They should make this decision with the awareness that Cornell response to any project needs (shutdowns, emergencies) will not possible and the maintenance of roads and walks will not be to normal operating standards. B. W ith your safety as a top priority, the Cornell University Police allows you the ability to take advantage of our Emergency Mass Notification System that enables your cellphone to become a personal safety device for you. Contractor’s wishing to participate may text the following: CornellAlert to 67283 and you will be set up to receive alert messages. Be advised that you may stop receiving messages at any time by sending “stop” to CornellAlert. There will also be a system generated “stop” every year on August 1st at which point you will need to send the text CornellAlert to re-enlist. 1.4 W ATER USE RESTRICTION A. The Contractor shall adhere to any University issued W ater Use Restrictions in place at the time of construction. 1.5 PARKING A. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York W ORK RESTRICTIONS HUGHES HALL W ORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 B. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Ram Venkat) for additional information. The Contractor will be required to complete a “New Construction Employee Form” for each permit requested. This form may be found at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. C. Contractor shall cooperate with Transportation Services and/or other authorities having jurisdiction, as follows: 1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area. 2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc. 3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements. 4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the construction site. D. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor’s direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. 1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the W ork that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner’s discretion. Should the Contractor perform this W ork outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. D. W hen connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York W ORK RESTRICTIONS HUGHES HALL W ORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner’s Representative. H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY W HERE THE OW NER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY. 1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the W ork, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes. 4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis-of-design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York W ORK RESTRICTIONS HUGHES HALL W ORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance and service space required. 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. W here existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. 1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAW INGS, ETC. A. Before Submitting Proposal 1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to W ork of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by visiting site and/or building. 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. B. Before Commencing W ork on Any Phase or in any Area 1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 2. Inspect all adjacent work. C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York W ORK RESTRICTIONS HUGHES HALL W ORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 D. Existing or Archived Drawings 1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided “FOR INFORMATION ONLY”. The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing current conditions. 1.11 STAND DOW N DATES A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor’s management and supervision of the following dates and hours is required. 1. Stand-Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site): a. Commencement W eekend Saturday, May 25, 2019 Sunday, May 26, 2019 b. Reunion W eekend Saturday, June 8, 2019 Sunday, June 9, 2019 2. Restricted W ork Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as usual): Friday, May 24, 2019 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon Thursday, Friday June 6 - 7, 2019 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no demo or utility work inside fence Friday, June 7, 2019 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon 1.12 W ORKING HOURS A. Normal work hours are 7AM -dusk Monday-Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb campus occupants or residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours – Contractor may submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 14 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York ALTERNATES HUGHES HALL ALTERNATES 01 23 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section describes the changes to be made under each Alternative. B. The Specification Section containing the pertinent requirements of materials and methods to achieve the W ork described herein. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain items that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the product, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. Alternates shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses, including bond costs, in connection therewith. B. Coordination: Coordinate related W ork and modify or adjust adjacent W ork as necessary to ensure that Work affected by each accepted alternate is complete and fully integrated into the Project. C. Notification: Immediately following Contract award, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects or similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York ALTERNATES HUGHES HALL ALTERNATES 01 23 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. ALTERNATE NO. 1 – Replace existing glazing panels with 1” IGU in rooms 128N, 128M, 130, and 132. 1. Reference Drawing A102, Detail 9. B. ALTERNATE NO. 2 – Add ceiling panels on existing gypsum board ceiling in room L0041. 1. Reference Drawing A102, Detail 2 and Drawing A210 Detail 5. ***END OF SECTION 01 23 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS HUGHES HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor’s control, such as unavailability of product, or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor’s preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the W ork, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS HUGHES HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A. W ithin thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction methods. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS HUGHES HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents or Approvals - General 1. The words “similar and equal to”, or “or equal”, “equivalent” and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word “products” shall be deemed to include the words “articles”, “materials”, “items”, “equipment” and “methods”. W henever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words “similar and equal to” shall be deemed inserted. 2. W henever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. 4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS HUGHES HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract. 2. W here the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. W here the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products: a. Restricted List (Products): W here Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Products” or that include the phrase “provide one of the following”, and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS HUGHES HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 b. Non-restricted List (Available Products): W here Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Products” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): W here Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “provide products by one of the following”, and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List (Available Manufacturers): W here Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: W here Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): W here Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements. - Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): W here Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and do not include a list of other manufacturers’ names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS HUGHES HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-6 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Base Bid must include the specified product or manufacturer. Substitutions will be at the sole discretion of the Owner. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of contract award. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Request for Substitution" form in eBuilder. A request for substitution of a product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution ﴾1﴿ is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; ﴾2﴿ will not entail changes in detail and construction of Other Work; ﴾3﴿ will be acceptable to the Architect and Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and ﴾4﴿ will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: - Product description. - Reference standards. - Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS HUGHES HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-7 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties. 8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. W here products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the W ork. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS HUGHES HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-8 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the W ork, and will make such changes as may be required for the W ork to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS HUGHES HALL PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a. To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants 4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS HUGHES HALL PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation of responsible personnel 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids 10. Temporary utilities 11. Safety and first-aid procedures CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS HUGHES HALL PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 a. Contractor’s Project Site Specific Plan 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed 3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent 4. Owner's Representatives 5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 7. Safety Representative C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule 6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period 10. Coordination of schedules 11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required 12. Maintenance of quality standards CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS HUGHES HALL PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 14. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 15. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) A. The Contractor to hold pre-installation conferences where required by individual specification sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or their specific sub-consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing & inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would include review of key submittals, RFI’s, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control, etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting. B. Submit a list of pre-installation meetings with preliminary dates within fifteen (15) days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 19*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner’s electronic Project Management (e-PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM W ebsite System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions Article 9 – Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project-specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e-PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e-PM system. B. Training 1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system’s use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor’s proposal C. The Contractor shall provide on-site personnel with personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor’s personnel to access and use the ePM W ebsite System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software: 1. W eb Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 15, 2019 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM W ebsite System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI’s, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre- construction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. B. Project Team Directory – Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI’s will be submitted using the ePM W ebsite System. The submission of a Request for Information (RFI) is the Contractor’s exclusive means of requesting information from the Owner and/or Architect. Attachments to RFI’s (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM W ebsite System and attached to the RFI electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM W ebsite System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM W ebsite System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM W ebsite System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 15, 2019 I. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to: 1. General Progress Photographs 2. RFI Issues 3. Non-Conforming W ork 4. Special Events 5. As required by individual Specification Sections K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project. M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. O. Change Management – Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e-PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) – The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system. Q. Budget and Cost Management – Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (W BS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 15, 2019 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. C. The Contractor shall make certain that all subcontractors performing significant work on the project shall actively participate in the e-PM system. Requirements for participation in the e-PM system shall be made part of each bid document and final contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire W ork, with sub-schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the W ork. B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner. D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers. 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Site clearing b. Site utilities CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 c. Foundation work d. Structural framing e. Subcontractor work f. Equipment installations g. Finishes h. Pre-Installation meetings 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn-around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.5 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract. 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work. D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3. Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 16*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION HUGHES HALL PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 32 33-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of W ork, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the W ork, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. 2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week, to E-Builder within five (5) days of taking photographs. 3. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the view. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed-prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 33*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Product Data 3. Samples 4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 5. Coordination Drawings 6. Certification of Asbestos free products 7. Owner audio/visual 8. Owner furnishings and fixed equipment B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. W ith the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non- electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE A. The Architect shall provide a draft submittal registry in the template needed for eBuilder importation. It will be part of the contract documents and turned over to the Contractor in native format for their use. The Contractor shall be responsible for review and completion of the registry including addition of dates identified below and other information as deemed necessary by the Owner. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 B. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents. C. The Submittal Registry shall include the following information: 1. Title (by Architect for Contractor review) 2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers (by Architect for Contractor review) 3. Subsection (by Architect for Contractor review) 4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock-Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) (by Architect for Contractor review) 5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the W ork covered by the submittal (by Architect for Contractor review) 6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable (Contractor provided, optional) 7. Date due from Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional) 8. Date due to be submitted for review (Contractor provided, required) 9. Date due for submittal review to be completed (Contractor provided, required) 10. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional) 11. Date for material or product delivery to project (Contractor provided, required) 12. Priority. Low, normal or high (Contractor provided, required) D. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect’s Duties below. E. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor’s preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in section 01 32 16. F. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.3 SHOP DRAW INGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsperson and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned document as a “Record Document”. 1.4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so will result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 5. W here Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the W ork. 7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required. 8. Submittals: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain one (1) copy as a “Record Document”. 1.5 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 4. W here variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations. 5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect’s selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. 6. Submittals: a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect’s review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal item electronically via the electronic project management. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, and manufacturer’s field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: W here Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer’s instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product. E. Manufacturer’s field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer’s field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer’s standards or instructions. F. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as “Record Document”. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-6 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.7 COORDINATION DRAW INGS A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item. C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. 1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings. 2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the W ork. 3. Include room names and numbers of each space. 4. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. 5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the W ork in accordance with the design intent. 6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the W ork. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-7 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible. 8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other portions of the W ork. Drawings shall indicate dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the W ork. W here conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the W ork, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments. 9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. 10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. 11. Indicate required installation sequences. 12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 14. Indicate locations of fire-rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required barriers. 15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub-framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead-mounted equipment, and related W ork. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components and notify Architect. 16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fully- dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor. 17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire- protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for access and maintenance. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-8 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un-scheduled penetrations and openings where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations. 19. Mechanical and Plumbing W ork: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. 20. Electrical W ork: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for W ork in those Sections. 23. Contractor Sign-Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings. 24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor’s responsibility for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the W ork. D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building. 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-9 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. C. Contractor’s approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the W ork and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor’s failure to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. 4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional cost. F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color-related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the W ork. I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-10 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect’s review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened. An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural W oodwork, Hollow Metal W ork and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of W ork to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor’s sole risk, cost and expense. B. Submittal Preparation 1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-11 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the W ork and of Contract Documents. 4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description. 5. Include the following information on submittal documentation: a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. e. Provide a blank space for the Architect’s stamps f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 6. Identification of revisions on re-submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. C. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed. 2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal (electronic format) for the O&M Manual. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-12 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following: 1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and W ork may proceed. 2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly. 3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that W ork covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. “Rejected (REJ)” indicates that W ork covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 5. “On Hold (ONH)” is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to revise and resubmit. 6. “Not Reviewed (NRV)” is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them 7. “For Record Only (FRO)”: Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action. D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action. E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES HUGHES HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-13 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.13 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1. Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers 5. Suppliers 6. Manufacturers 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where W ork is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY HUGHES HALL GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire scope of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan Template below to develop their Project’s PSSP. The template may be downloaded at: https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/osh/occupational-safety/contractor-safety/Pages/default.aspx 1. W ithin the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples demonstrate Cornell University’s expectations for providing detailed site specific information, controls and requirements. 2. Project Site Specific Plan’s that inadequately address site specific operations will be returned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in delay of project and/or denial of the payment. 3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e-Builder for review and comment. B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases. The Contractor must submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner’s Representative with initial submission. Submit remaining phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new, predetermined project phase or milestone. 1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn-around shall coordinate their submittal with the Owner’s Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall’s Office and Contract College’s Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY HUGHES HALL GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP’s are adequate per their scope of work. D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project’s PSSP is accurately maintained throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope elements not previously addressed by the Contractor’s original PSSP. E. Definitions: 1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply. 2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): • The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code). • The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS Building Code-§202.2). 3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell University’s Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can be contacted at (607)-255-8200 or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu 4. SME: The University’s subject matter expert. 1.3 AERIAL W ORK PLATFORMS A. The preferred method for Aerial W ork Platforms (AW Ps) boom storage is fully retracted and fully lowered to the ground. B. In some circumstances booms may need to be stored in the air because of vandalism concerns, minimal size of storage location, etc. 1. If this is case, the area under the elevated boom must be blocked or arranged such that prevents people from walking, standing, working or parking vehicles underneath. 2. W hen booms are stored in the air consult the extended weather forecast. Booms should not be stored in the air during predicted high winds, or severe storms. AW Ps become unstable at winds or gusts greater than 25 mph and must be fully lowered to prevent a tip-over. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY HUGHES HALL GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.4 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form “Exhibit AC” stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions. B. Attached for the Contractor’s information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Based on the above, disposal of asbestos containing material is not anticipated. 1.5 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor’s means and/or methods. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 “Lead in Construction Standards”. This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. 1.6 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the W ork, or for the safe access, visit, use, W ork, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.7 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” March 22, 2019 Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Facilities Coordinator Projects II Cornell University IPP – Facilities Management FM Administration 116 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853-3701 Re: Hughes Hall Acoustic Repairs Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey Asbestos Survey Report Cornell Task Authorization No. TA-58, W ork Order No. 11569186 Delta Project No.: 2019.003.059 Dear Mr. Houseknecht: Enclosed, please find the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form, the associated Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets, and the Sample Location Drawings for the bulk sampling performed by Delta Certified Inspector Patrick Reardon. The sampling was performed on Tuesday, March 19th, 2019 and addressed suspect materials with the potential to be impacted during the upcoming Hughes Hall Acoustic Repairs Project. Based on a review of the “Bid Submission” Project Drawing Set (dated 03-15-2019), a visual inspection of the affected areas on Lower, Ground and 1st Floor Levels at Hughes Hall, and input from Building Coordinator Michael Pado, a total of twenty-three (23) bulk samples were collected representing six (6) homogenous materials. Eleven (11) of the samples collected were “Non-Friable Organically Bound” (NOB) representing four (4) homogenous materials. The remaining twelve (12) samples collected were non-NOB, “friable” materials representing two (2) homogenous areas. Results for all samples were reported as “No Asbestos Detected”. Based on the above, No Asbestos Containing Materials are anticipated to be impacted by the Hughes Hall Acoustic Repairs Project. Bulk sample analysis was performed by AmeriSci New York, Inc., an independent laboratory approved / accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). Analysis of all Non-Friable Organically Bound (NOB) materials was initially performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.6 Methodologies. If the PLM results were reported as “non-asbestos”, the sample was then analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.4 Methodology. Analysis of all Non-NOB materials were performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.1 Methodology. “Positive Stop” sample analysis protocol was utilized for a given homogenous material set with multiple samples and based on this, all 23 samples collected were analyzed. Please reference the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form for sample particulars and details. “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 2 of 9 AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY I have also attached Delta Company, Personnel, and Laboratory Licenses/Certifications. If you have any questions or require any other information, please feel free to contact me at your convenience. Respectfully, DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Stephen Prislupsky Director of Environmental Services Att: Project Paperwork “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 3 of 9 AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY Attachment A Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form Material Asbestos PLM Result TEM ResultBulk Sample Description / DetailsType Type % Asbestos % Asbestos2019.003.059 01A 1 G W hite Sheet Rock / Room G28R W all North Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 01B 1 G W hite Sheet Rock / Room G29 W all North Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 01C 1 G W hite Sheet Rock / Room G0021 CeilingCenter Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 01D 1 1 W hite Sheet Rock / Room 10021 CeilingSouth Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 01E 1 1 W hite Sheet Rock / Room 132 W all South Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 01F 1 L W hite Sheet Rock / Room L34 W all East Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 02A 2 G W hite Joint Compound / Room G28R W allNorth Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 02B 2 G W hite Joint Compound / Room G29 W allNorth Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 02C 2 G W hite Joint Compound / Room G0021Ceiling Center Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 02D 2 1 W hite Joint Compound / Room 10021 CeilingSouth Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 02E 2 1 W hite Joint Compound / Room 132 W allSouth Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 02F 2 L W hite Joint Compound / Room L34 W allEast Miscellaneous ND ND NA2019.003.059 03A 3 G Grey W indow Glazing / Room G28R North Miscellaneous ND ND ND860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax 607.231.66450Client: Cornell University Delta Proj. No.: 2019.003.059 Asbestos Inspector: Patrick ReardonHA* Number of Samples Analyzed: PLM - 23 / TEM - 11Project: Hughes Hall AcousticsRepairs Project Pre-RenovationAsbestos SurveyNumber www.delta-eas.comFloorDates Sampling Performed: 03/19/2019Date of Report: 03/21/2019Laboratory: AmeriSci LabsTask Authorization No.: TA-58 / Work Order No.: 11569186Number of Samples Collected: 23Asbestos Bulk Sample Report FormBuilding Code: 3028Sample Cornell University Hughes HallAcoustics Repairs ProjectPre-Renovation Asbestos Survey 1 of 2 Material Asbestos PLM Result TEM ResultBulk Sample Description / DetailsType Type % Asbestos % Asbestos860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax 607.231.66450Client: Cornell University Delta Proj. No.: 2019.003.059 Asbestos Inspector: Patrick ReardonHA* Number of Samples Analyzed: PLM - 23 / TEM - 11Project: Hughes Hall AcousticsRepairs Project Pre-RenovationAsbestos SurveyNumber www.delta-eas.comFloorDates Sampling Performed: 03/19/2019Date of Report: 03/21/2019Laboratory: AmeriSci LabsTask Authorization No.: TA-58 / Work Order No.: 11569186Number of Samples Collected: 23Asbestos Bulk Sample Report FormBuilding Code: 3028Sample 2019.003.059 03B 3 G Grey W indow Glazing / Room G29 South Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 04A 4 G Yellow/Grey Carpet Mastic / Room G28RNorth Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 04B 4 G Yellow/Grey Carpet Mastic / Room G29W est Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 04C 4 1 Yellow/Grey Carpet Mastic / Room 130 W est Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 04D 4 L Yellow/Grey Carpet Mastic / Room L34 East Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 05A 5 G Grey Ductwork Seam Caulk / Room G0021Center Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 05B 5 1 Grey Ductwork Seam Caulk / Room 10020North Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 05C 5 L Grey Ductwork Seam Caulk / Room L34Center Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 06A 6 1 W hite Acoustical Drop Ceiling Tile / Room132 North Miscellaneous ND ND ND2019.003.059 06B 6 1 W hite Acoustical Drop Ceiling Tile / Room130 North Miscellaneous ND ND NDTSI - Thermal System Insulation Misc - Miscellaneous Material Trace / < 1% - Non-asbestos by definitionHA - Homogenous Area ND - No Asbestos Detected NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive StopCornell University Hughes HallAcoustics Repairs ProjectPre-Renovation Asbestos Survey 2 of 2 “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 4 of 9 AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY Attachment B Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 5 of 9 AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY Attachment C Sample Location Drawing “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 6 of 9 AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY Attachment D Photos “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 7 of 9 AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY v HA 01 = W hite Sheet Rock – “No Asbestos Detected” HA 02 = W hite Joint Compound – “No Asbestos Detected” HA 04 = Yellow/Grey Carpet Mastic – “No Asbestos Detected” HA 03 = Grey W indow Glazing – “No Asbestos Detected” HA 04 HA 01 HA 02 HA 03 “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 8 of 9 AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY HA 05 = Grey Ductwork Seam Caulk – “No Asbestos Detected” HA 06 = W hite Acoustical Drop Ceiling Tile – “No Asbestos Detected” HA 05 HA 06 “We are a seamless extension of our clients’ organizations” DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, DPC Page 9 of 9 AN ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED COMPANY Attachment E Licenses and Certifications New York State – Department of Labor Division of Safety and Health License and Certificate Unit State Campus, Building 12 Albany, NY 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE Delta Engineers & Architects & Land Surveyors, P.C. 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 FILE NUMBER: 05-0851 LICENSE NUMBER: 29322 LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED DATE OF ISSUE: 09/12/2018 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2019 Duly Authorized Representative – Stephen Prislupsky: This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material. This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New Yor k State have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor. Eileen M. Franko, Director SH 432 (8/12) For the Commissioner of Labor lrEl,Y YofiK $T$rE SEn*fi?*{fir.tT or HEATTH WADSWORTH CE}ITER Expires 1l;01 A*d &pri| S1, lOtS lssued April01, 20tB CEftTIF'CATE OF f;,PPROVAL TON LABORATORY SERI/ICE AM€RICA SC'ENCE TEAM NEWYORK,INC r iie,qirsorr si llFW Y0RK, ,VY 1AA16 isier*byAFPfrAVEB as an Fnw?onnental la$arafo4y {artha category 6NY'RONMENT4I ANATYSES SOI'D A ND HAZARDOUS LYASIE'-Ni;i;:;;;;;;;; s,;;;;,-i;;;;;tw; ;;;tu;;b,t;;,'- itlscellaneous Asbeslos rn Fnable Matorial ltem 198.1 of Manua{ EPA 600/M4/82y020 A$hs*lse in Ucn-Ffiabls Malsrial.PlM ltem 198.6 of Manual {NOB by pLM} Arbesto$ in Non-Friahle Matenal-TEM ltam 198.4 of Manual Serial No.:57809 tr.operly o, !h€ r{e$ Yo'k Siai6 OepartmB&t o{ t-tAalh. Cartfica}et af6 valrd onty at tt}s addross shar{I}. musJ }e Go{rsp,ci.rou3,y postsd and ar€ r{inN on $e{.ule 9apar. continueo accra#urhn d€p€nd,ionslrccolsfirongoirspsrtclpatisrrntneProgram Ccnaumsrsa.eurgadbeall(516)48S.S$I0h, venfy lna .soofstorys accredi,€lion status PaoE 1.1 ! CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS HUGHES HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner’s Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control B. Section 01 35 45 – Refrigerant Compliance 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittals: 1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and granular materials (“borrow”). 2. Contractor’s W aste Material Disposal Plan. 3. W eight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier. 4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management. 5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials. 6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS HUGHES HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 B. If at any time operations under the representative’s supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. Remove from the W ork any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. 1.5 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise-muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements 1.6 DUST CONTROL A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. If, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor’s expense, employ alternative means to control dust. C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. 1.7 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS HUGHES HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt-laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved by the Owner’s site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the W ork. C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer. D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner’s Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control Procedures. 1.8 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTW ORK A. Obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the W ork. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner’s Representative in writing. The following shall require approval of the Owner: 1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections. 2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air emissions. B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner’s Representative. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS HUGHES HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.9 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor’s performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. 1.10 DISPOSAL OF W ASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit “Contractor W aste Material Disposal Plan” to the Owner’s Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. B. The “Contractor W aste Material Disposal Plan” form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions. Forms may be downloaded at: https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/env/solid-waste/construction-demolition-waste/Pages/default.aspx C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the W aste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of W aste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all W aste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 43*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL HUGHES HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site. 2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with all fire and safety codes. B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials. 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1. 3). CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL HUGHES HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL HUGHES HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product. g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B. C. Fire or Explosion: 1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area. d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers. f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL HUGHES HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING CRITERIA DESCRIPTION Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned-up within two hours of occurrence. Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water. A release of a “reportable quantity”1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or “harmful quantities”2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: W hen making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: 1. The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5. The source of the release or spill. 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL HUGHES HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any. 11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12. Assistance required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. (1)Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). W hile the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner’s spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you. (2)Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 44*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 45 Ithaca, New York REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE HUGHES HALL REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE 01 35 45-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 35 45 REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible and accountable for compliance with the EPA Clean Air Act (CAA) Section 608, 40 CFR Part 82 and any state or local codes for all refrigerant-related work. In general, an EPA-certified technician shall perform any activity involving refrigerant-containing equipment that includes: (1) attaching and detaching hoses and gauges to and from refrigerant containing equipment to measure pressure; (2) adding refrigerant to, or removing refrigerant from equipment; or (3) any other activity that violates the integrity of a refrigerant containing circuit (for example any activity where a refrigerant containing circuit is ‘opened’ in any manner). B. Refrigerant and oil shall be recovered from any equipment that does not meet the definition of a small appliance in 40CFR Part 82 Subpart F before removal and subsequent disposal. Small appliances (as defined in 40CFR Part 82 Subpart F) may be removed from the site with the charge (refrigerant) intact, provided it is properly labeled and handled in such a manner so as to prevent damage to coils. Small Appliances are defined in 40CFR Part 82 Subpart F as: Any appliance that is fully manufactured, charged, and hermetically sealed in a factory with five (5) pounds or less of a Class I or Class II substance used as a refrigerant, including, but not limited to, refrigerators and freezers (designed for home, commercial, or consumer use), medical or industrial research refrigeration equipment, room air conditioners (including window air conditioners and packaged terminal air heat pumps), dehumidifiers, under-the- counter ice makers, vending machines, and drinking water coolers. C. All new equipment installed shall utilize non-CFC refrigerants. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to starting construction, demolition, or service work Contractor shall provide to Owner a list of all service technicians with EPA certification numbers and level of certification. (Copies of EPA certification cards are acceptable for those who will be working on the site.) 1.3 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Contractor shall provide to the Owners Representative all Service Invoices (or equivalent service documentation acceptable to owner) for all work performed by EPA- certified Technicians. Service Invoices (or equivalent documentation) shall include the following information at a minimum for each piece of refrigerant containing equipment serviced: • Date of Service • Name of EPA-Certified Technician • Technicians Certification Level • Type of Equipment Serviced • Equipment Manufacture CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 45 Ithaca, New York REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE HUGHES HALL REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE 01 35 45-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 • Equipment Model and Serial Number • Description of Service Performed • Date Leak Discovered (if applicable) • Date Leak Repaired (if applicable) • Date Follow-Up Leak Test Performed (if applicable) • Type of Refrigerant • Normal System Full Charge (in pounds) • Amount of Initial Refrigerant Charge Recovered During Service • Amount of Recovered Refrigerant Returned to System • Type of Additional Refrigerant Added to System • Amount of Additional Refrigerant Charged to System • System Charge at End of Service B. Contractor shall provide to Cornell’s Environmental Health and Safety Office and IPP Facilities Management Administration Preventative Maintenance Group, via the Owner’s Representative, complete equipment documentation including: make, model number, serial number, refrigerant type and full refrigerant charge (quantity), equipment ID tag number and location (room number) for all equipment installed that does not meet the definition of a small appliance (40CFR Part 82). C. Contractor shall provide Owners Representative a copy of complete manifests, invoices, or other documentation showing any refrigerant removed from the project by the contractor was disposed of appropriately or reclaimed by an EPA-certified reclaimer. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 LEAK TESTING A. All new equipment not meeting the definition of a small appliance, including packaged equipment, factory charged, field charged, split systems or field-constructed systems with field-installed refrigerant piping shall be leak tested prior to or during startup. Leak testing shall utilize appropriate electronic leak-testing equipment. B. Leak testing shall be conducted by an EPA-certified technician. The contractor shall provide written verification of the leak testing and results. C. If a leak is detected, the following procedure shall be followed: 1. Notify the Owner’s Site Representative (who will notify the Refrigerant Compliance Coordinator). 2. Document the leak. 3. Repair the leak. 4. Document the procedures followed. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 45 Ithaca, New York REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE HUGHES HALL REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE 01 35 45-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 5. Leak test to verify the leak was repaired. 6. Schedule and provide a 30-day follow-up verification leak test witnessed by a designated HVAC technician. 7. Document follow-up leak testing. 8. Repeat the above process if follow-up leak is detected. 3.2 DEMOLITION PROCEDURE FOR EQUIPMENT REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor, in contractor-provided refrigerant recovery cylinders, shall take ownership of the recovered refrigerant and transport off site to a proper disposal company or certified reclaimer. B. Service Invoices, as described in RECORD DOCUMENTS, shall be provided. C. The Contractor technician shall tag the unit that the refrigerant was removed. D. Once an EPA-certified technician has removed the refrigerant and tagged the unit, a non- certified person may perform the remainder of the demolition. ***END OF SECTION 01 35 45*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS HUGHES HALL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the W ork and for the use of such W ork when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe, fill, street use and building demolition. 1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner’s meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a “Notification of Demolition and Renovation” and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner’s Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot W ork and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration –Level 1; Alteration – Level 2; Alteration – Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement cuts and repairs. 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the W ork. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS HUGHES HALL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.4 OW NER’S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If no permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 41 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All W ork in Compliance with: 1. NYS Uniform Code a. International Building Code b. International Residential Code c. International Existing Building Code d. International Fire Code e. International Plumbing Code f. International Mechanical Code g. International Fuel Gas Code h. International Property Maintenance Code i. Uniform Code Supplement 2. NYS Energy Code a. International Energy Conservation Code b. ASHRAE 90.1 c. Energy Code Supplement 3. National Electric Code 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101. 6. All local ordinances CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 7. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. “General”: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. “Contract Documents”: The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. C. “The Contract”: The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. “The W ork”: The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction. E. “Owner”: Cornell University a New York corporation. F. “Architect/Engineer”: The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. “Contractor”: The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. “Subcontractor”: A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor. I. “As Approved” or “Approved”: Architect’s or Owner’s approval. J. “As Directed”: Owner’s direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." K. “Indicated”: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as “indicated.” L. “Regulations”: Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the W ork. M. “Furnish”: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. O. “Reinstall”. To place back into a former position. P. “Replace”. Provide a substitute for. Q. “Provide”: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. R. “Concealed’: W ork installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. S. “Exposed”: All capital W ork not identified as concealed. T. “Project Site”: Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. U. “As-Built Documents”: Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. V. “Record Drawings”: Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The “record” drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as-built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. W . “Shop Drawings”: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. X. “Samples”: Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. Y. “General Conditions”: The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract. Z. “Contract Limit Lines”: A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.4 OW NER AGREEMENTS A. Cornell University and the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows: Local #241 - International Brotherhood of Electrical W orkers Local #267 - United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters Local #281 - United Brotherhood of Carpenters Local #3NY - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers Local #178 - International Union of Painters and Allied Trades Local #112 - International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal W orkers Local #785 - Laborers International Union of North America The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: W here abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and W eb sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253 Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080 Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800 www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: W here abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and W eb sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door M anufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural M anufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-6 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing M anufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-7 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air M ovement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered W ood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air-Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME ASM E International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and M aterials International) www.astm.org AWI Architectural W oodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 AWPA American W ood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American W elding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 AWWA American W ater W orks Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation M anufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry M embers Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint M anufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.fmglobal.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-10 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. W hite Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation M anufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass M anufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-11 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet M anufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating M aterials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA M etal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA M aple Flooring M anufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA M etal Framing M anufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MHIA M aterial Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA M arble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com MPI M aster Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS M anufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal M anufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-12 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 NAIMA North American Insulation M anufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical M anufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-13 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 NOFMA NOFMA: The W ood Flooring M anufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & M osaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-14 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 SBI Steel Boiler Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen M anufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SWI Steel W indow Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com SWRI Sealant, W aterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177 www.tileroofing.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962 www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org WASTEC W aste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCSC W indow Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA W indow & Door M anufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI W oodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-16 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 WMMPA W ood M oulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA W estern States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA W estern W ood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org B. Code Agencies: W here abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and W eb sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and M echanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and W eb sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-17 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HUGHES HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-18 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 42 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL HUGHES HALL QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program. 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre-Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre-installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre-installation meeting. W hen practical, pre-installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i. Appointment ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the W ork. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the W ork. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL HUGHES HALL QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: i. Project Manager. ii. Project Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv. Architect’s Representative v. Owner’s Representative vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable vii. Testing Agency, when applicable 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work. 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL HUGHES HALL QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.4 TESTING A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship requirements. 1.5 OW NER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e-Builder to track non- conforming materials or sub-standard workmanship identified by Owner’s Representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 45 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 50 00 TEM PORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the W ork and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor’s option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site. B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the Contractor. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire-prevention and - protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 1. Impairments “Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7”. Impairment; “the removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building.” There are two different levels of impairments a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be performed. - Basic Impairment Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having Jurisdiction and FM Global. - No fire watch will be required in most cases. b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm “system” or sprinkler “system”. Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler system at the same time is not allowed. - Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority Having Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service. - Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person’s name and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system. 4. W ater hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire-protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. W here existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. 8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire- protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire-safety discipline: 1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely supervise welding and torch-cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. E. W elding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot W ork Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. W here such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the W ork; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, fall protection, harness, tie-off points, and other such equipment. B. W hen permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition. 2.5 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract W ork. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. B. Any and all supports that are of “custom” fabrication or installation shall be designed by the Contractor’s NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same. 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 3. W here heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from construction work. 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards. a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire-retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. 2.7 TEMPORARY W ATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the W ork free of water at all times. B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor. 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAW N PROTECTION A. Preserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site. B. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed-on roots and branches which interfere with construction. 1. Employ certified arborist to remove, and to treat cuts. C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference Cornell University Design Standards and Details for wood and chain fencing below. D. Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas: 1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking. 2. Do not store materials or products. 3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. 4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. F. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-6 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or cut during construction are to be sawed off close to the tree side of the excavation by certified arborist. H. During the leafing-out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised to reduce root damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots, and backfilling as soon as possible. I. Consult Cornell University Grounds Department for mitigation of roof or tree damage. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-7 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-8 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-9 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2.9 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect all personnel, employees, and the public, against hazards on, adjacent to or accessing the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA-approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. 3. Provide flag personnel as necessary to guide vehicles, protect personnel, public and employees. 2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Provide adequate temporary roads and walks to achieve all-weather access into the site from public thoroughfares, and within and adjacent to the site as necessary to provide uninterrupted access to field offices, work and storage areas. B. Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of rainwater and to avoid blockage of flow from adjacent areas. C. During dry weather wet down temporary unpaved areas when necessary to prevent blowing dust. 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. B. Owner Construction Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project identification signage. 2.12 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner. 2.13 FIELD OFFICES A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner. B. Field Office shall include at a minimum the following: 1. Furnishings and space for small progress meetings. 2. Provide racks and files for Contract Documents and for Record Documents; conference table and chairs; and desks and chairs as required by Contractor. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-10 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 3. Provide adequate artificial lighting, heating and cooling to provide comfortable conditions for occupants. 4. Provide direct line telephone, data and internet connections as required. Connection and disconnection fees, as well as monthly charges for data and telephone are the responsibility of Contractor. 5. Provide janitorial services 6. Skirting shall be required on all temporary job site trailers. 7. Provide adequate parking for three (3) Cornell University employees. The field office shall accommodate private space for three (3) staff members and conference space. C. Provide a designated break area within the project site limits to minimize interaction between construction personnel and the Campus community. D. W ithin fifteen (15) days of execution of the contract, contact Cornell Facilities Inventory Office to acquire a valid facility code and address for the all on-site construction trailers. Such identification is required for the Campus Police 911 Emergency Response System. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the W ork. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. 3.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation. E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS HUGHES HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-11 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the W ork, free from accumulation of waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner’s Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. W hen construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION HUGHES HALL STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the W ork, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source. B. Obscure from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage. 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the W ork or with the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION HUGHES HALL STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work. F. Should it become necessary during the course of the W ork to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road location shall be stored at the Contractor’s sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss. B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm Road storage site associated with the Contractor’s storage. C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes “no” warranty regarding any security at the Palm Road site. D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination caused by the Contractor’s storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found. E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally. F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted at the Palm Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents. G. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305 W est Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579, Email – db@ithacaplastics.com. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION HUGHES HALL STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.5 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the W ork. B. Protection of Utilities 1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. W heelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including but not limited to flooring, wood in-fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. 2. HVAC ductwork shall be protected by the Contractor as follows to prevent introduction of contaminants: a. Ductwork with interior lining shall be wrapped at the factory using plastic wrap to exclude moisture and contaminants. The wrapping shall not be removed until immediately prior to installation. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION HUGHES HALL STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 b. Ductwork shall not be exposed to moisture or contaminants at any point in the manufacturing, shipping, storage or installation process. c. Ductwork shall not be staged or stored outside or otherwise exposed to the weather. d. Ductwork shall be transported only inside of covered vehicles. e. Once installed, ductwork shall be protected from contamination during the construction process. 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner-provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING HUGHES HALL FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project. 1. Survey work required in execution of the Project. 2. Verify grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown on Drawings. 3. Lay out W ork from established control points and bench marks. 4. Coordinate the W ork of all trades. 5. It may be necessary at times to discontinue portions of Contractor's work in order that the Owner's Representative may check measurements or surveys without interruptions or other interferences that might impair the accuracy of the results. At any time, on request of the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall discontinue its work to such extent as may be necessary for this purpose and shall cooperate in all reasonable means to the extent of providing labor, tools, or materials to assist the Owner's Representative in making measurements and surveys. 6. Notwithstanding anything set forth above, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to complete the works within the tolerances of lines and grades as given on the drawings. No direct payment or claim for additional compensation will be allowed the Contractor for any work or delay occasioned by the Owner's Representative establishing or checking lines or grades or making other measurements, and no extension of time will be allowed for such delays. B. Owner's Representative will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes indicated on the drawings, as required. 1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR A. The Surveyor shall be a registered civil engineer or registered land surveyor, licensed in the state in which the Project is located and acceptable to the Owner. 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those designated on drawings. B. Locate and protect control points prior to occupation of the site, and preserve all reference points during construction. 1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written approval of the Architect and Owner. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING HUGHES HALL FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2. Report to Owner when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. 3. Require surveyor to replace reference points which may be lost or destroyed. a. Establish replacements based on original survey control. C. The Contractor shall provide and shall maintain axis lines on each floor and shall establish and shall maintain grade marks 4' 0" above the finished floor on each floor level. D. The Contractor shall furnish such stakes and other required equipment, tools and materials, and all labor as may be required in laying out any part of the W ork. 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to start of construction operations, review and verify figures shown on Drawings and on surveys furnished by Owner. B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means for site improvements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil replacement, utility slopes and invert elevations, batter boards for structures, foundations, column locations and floor levels, and controlling lines and levels required for the mechanical and electrical trades. C. From time to time, verify layouts by the same methods. 1.5 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses. 1. Make available to Architect and Owner on request: field books, notes, logs and other data developed in performing survey and control work. 2. Maintain a record plan at field office for the information and use of all parties, recording reference points, control points and bench marks. B. On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey showing all dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and turn over to Owner. Submit copies of certified survey in accordance with Section 01 78 39 - Record Documents. C. W hen all enclosing walls are complete, certify the location and plumb of the walls. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written qualifications of surveyor to Architect and Owner prior to starting survey work. B. Submit name and address of Professional Engineer to the Architect. C. Submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING HUGHES HALL FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 D. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or registered surveyor certifying that elevations and improvements are in conformance, or nonconformance, with Contract Documents. 1. Indicate on record drawings all variations from Contract Drawings. 2. Indicate horizontal locations and elevations of all existing underground utilities encountered during excavation and construction. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 71 23*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING HUGHES HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the W ork or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the W ork to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B. Upon written instructions of the Owner’s Representative: 1. Uncover designated portions of W ork for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered or removed. C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the W ork or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner’s Representative. E. W here cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. F. Openings and Chases 1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the W ork as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING HUGHES HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the W ork. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner’s property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. W ritten permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural W ork: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load-carrying capacity for load-deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a. Foundation construction b. Bearing and retaining walls CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING HUGHES HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i. Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. W ater, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner’s opinion, reduce the building’s aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner. D. W aterproofing and W ater Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. W aterproofing and Roofing Membranes a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING HUGHES HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. 2. W ater Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner’s Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 W ARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in- place or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. 2. Excavation and backfilling. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING HUGHES HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the W ork. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties. D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING HUGHES HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-6 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. W here feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. W here patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform visual appearance. 5. Floors and W alls: W here walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even- plane surface of uniform appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING HUGHES HALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-7 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather-tight condition. a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof-top mounted items. D. Repairs: W here repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 74 00 CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 4. Maintaining and implementing a comprehensive plan for maximizing recycling and salvaging of waste materials and documenting quantity of recycled and salvaged waste. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Construction W aste: Building materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition W aste: Building materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the W ork. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of minimum 50 percent by weight of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the W ork. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including, but not limited to, the following: CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1. Demolition W aste: a. Concrete. b. Concrete reinforcing steel. c. Brick. d. Concrete masonry units. e. W ood studs. f. W ood joists. g. Plywood and oriented strand board. h. W ood paneling. i. W ood trim. j. Structural and miscellaneous steel. k. Rough hardware. l. Roofing. m. Insulation. n. Doors and frames. o. Door hardware. p. W indows. q. Glazing. r. Metal studs. s. Gypsum board. t. Acoustical tile and panels. u. Carpet. v. Carpet pad. w. Demountable partitions. x. Equipment. y. Cabinets. z. Plumbing fixtures. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 aa. Piping. bb. Supports and hangers. cc. Valves. dd. Sprinklers. ee. Mechanical equipment. ff. Refrigerants. gg. Electrical conduit. hh. Copper wiring. ii. Lighting fixtures. jj. Lamps. kk. Ballasts. ll. Electrical devices. mm. Switchgear and panel boards. nn. Transformers. 2. Construction W aste: a. Masonry and CMU. b. Lumber. c. W ood sheet materials. d. W ood trim. e. Metals. f. Roofing. g. Insulation. h. Carpet and pad. i. Gypsum board. j. Piping. k. Electrical conduit. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 l. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: - Paper. - Cardboard. - Boxes. - Plastic sheet and film. - Polystyrene packaging. - W ood crates. - Plastic pails. 1.4 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL A. Forms: In addition to Owner’s standard forms, use Contractor’s or W aste Management Company’s standard forms containing the indicated minimum content. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. W aste Management Plan: Submit plan within fifteen (15) days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. W aste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, but not less than on a monthly basis, submit report. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons (tonnes). 4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes). 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes). 6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons (tonnes). 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. B. W aste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the W ork. Do not include hazardous waste in calculations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. D. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. G. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator and refrigerant recovery technician. H. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. W aste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. B. Recycling Facility Qualifications: Experienced facility, with a record of successful recycling rates and material end uses. C. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. E. W aste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of waste management coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-6 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for Contractor, each trade, and other parties that will be involved with disposal, recycling, and salvage of construction and demolition waste for Project. 1.8 W ASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements of this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. W aste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. W aste Reduction W ork Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the W ork. 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-7 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. B. W aste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. C. Training: Train workers, trades, subcontractors, suppliers, Owner’s construction forces, and Owner’s Separate Contractors on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the W ork and work occurring at Project site. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three (3) days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Comply with Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION W ASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the W ork: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-8 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area as designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors. E. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. F. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size. G. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. H. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panel boards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type. 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION W ASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper, beverage containers, and other recyclable consumables used by on-site workers. B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor unless otherwise indicated in the ‘Agreement’. C. Preparation of W aste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-9 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. 2. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 3. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 4. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of trees. 5. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 6. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION W ASTE A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. B. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals. 1. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets. C. W ood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. D. Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. E. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners. F. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. G. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members including trim, and other metals from acoustical panels and tile and sort with other metals. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-10 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 H. Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips. 1. Store clean, dry carpet and pad in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler. I. Carpet Tile: Remove debris, trash, and adhesive. 1. Stack tile on pallet and store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler. J. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size. K. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size. L. Lighting Fixture Lamps: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION W ASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. W ood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 74 00 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT HUGHES HALL CONSTRUCTION W ASTE MANAGEMENT 01 74 00-11 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 3.6 DISPOSAL OF W ASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. ***END OF SECTION 01 74 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT HUGHES HALL PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A. Substantial Completion: 1. W ithin a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the W ork has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the W ork is incomplete. 2. After receipt of the Contractor’s initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the W ork to determine that the W ork is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been met and that the W ork is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked-up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor’s punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete. 3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the W ork found to be incomplete or defective. 4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. b. W ork classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall W itness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: - Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT HUGHES HALL PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 - Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system - Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. - A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. - A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. - A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. - A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified - An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. - A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. B. Final Acceptance: 1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor’s certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor. 2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT HUGHES HALL PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all W ork in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all W ork the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the W ork all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the W ork of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing W ork shall be left thoroughly cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. W here the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the W ork from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. C. Cleaning of Renovated Duct Systems and Existing Duct Systems in Renovated Areas: 1. Cleaning work shall be performed by firm which has minimum three (3) years’ experience in mechanical cleaning of air systems. W ork shall be done by skilled mechanics, technicians and experienced supervisors. 2. Clean dirt, dust and debris from air units, associated equipment air ducts; sanitize same. Cleaning shall include: a. Cleaning of air unit’s supply, return and exhaust sections including coils, fans, filter racks, outdoor air intake shaft, and interior surfaces. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT HUGHES HALL PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES MARCH 15, 2019 b. Cleaning of dampers, heating coils, humidifiers, and similar devices in ductwork. c. Marking of duct-mounted damper settings, prior to cleaning, and returning dampers to marked positions after cleaning. This includes fire dampers, zone dampers, balancing dampers and volume dampers. d. Cleaning of terminal supply, return and exhaust grilles, registers and diffusers. e. Cutting of access holes in ductwork for cleaning process, as well as sealing and patching of same. f. Removal of portions of duct system which cannot otherwise be thoroughly cleaned, and replacement thereof. g. Sealing of lined duct systems, upon completion. h. Removal and reinstallation of ceiling panels, tiles, ceiling support tracks, and other ceiling construction, as required to facilitate cleaning. i. Providing access doors required to facilitate cleaning. 3. Cleaning shall meet National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) Standards, capable of verification by NADCA Vacuum Test. Cleanliness shall be subject to Architect’s visual review; provide re-cleaning as necessary to satisfy Architect a. Cleaning methods may include vacuuming, brushing, mechanical brushing, scraping, or air washing. Use method best suited for locations involved. b. Do NOT use methods which could damage the system or the building. c. Remove dirt, dust, lint and other accumulations by HEPA filtered air machine capable of minimum 6000 cfm. Air machine shall operate to obtain 1250 fpm across the work space. Use brushes, mechanical agitators or air whips to dislodge contaminants to be collected by the air machine. d. Cleaning shall begin at the furthest point of the return system and at the outdoor air intake. Cleaning shall proceed toward the air handling equipment. Cleaning shall finish at the furthest point of the supply ductwork. 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY HUGHES HALL FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: 1. Name of Product 2. Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Room Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its’ disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner’s Representative. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY HUGHES HALL FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST • Building Equipment • AC Drive/VSD • Air Dryer • Backflow Preventor • Air Compressor • Building • Sprinkler • Control • Vacuum • Pump • Condensate • Glycol • CW C • HW C • Potable • Sanitary Sewer • Storm Sewer • Sump • Quality W ater • Fuel • Fan • Exhaust • Supply • Return • Fume Hood • Furnace • Generator • Hot W ater Heater • Heat Exchangers • Boiler • Tank • Unit Heater • Fan Coil • VAV Box • Transfer Switch • Motor • Pump • Fan • Lift/Levelers • W ater Softener • Reverse Osmosis 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 22*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA HUGHES HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. 2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system of complete manual in final form. 1. Format: a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11”. b. Text: Manufacturer's, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten W ord file. c. Drawings in electronic format - Drawings are required in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. d. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment. - Provide type description of product, and major component parts of equipment. - Provide indexed PDF bookmarks. - Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA HUGHES HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 e. Cover: Identify each volume with title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: - Title of Project - Identity of separate structure as applicable. - Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the “as-installed” system. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA HUGHES HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 D. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. W ritten text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products. d. Certification as to asbestos free 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA HUGHES HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. M aintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA HUGHES HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA HUGHES HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-6 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals. B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OW NER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA HUGHES HALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-7 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York W ARRANTIES AND BONDS HUGHES HALL W ARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 78 36 W ARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co-execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 2. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01 77 00 - "Project Closeout." 3. Specific requirements for warranties for the W ork and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 40. 4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the W ork that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Standard Product W arranties are pre-printed written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York W ARRANTIES AND BONDS HUGHES HALL W ARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 B. Special W arranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate care and diligence to review Contract Documents to identify detailed requirements relating to warranties and bonds. B. Verify that each item required for this submittal conforms with specified requirements. 1.5 W ARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to standard and special warranties described in Divisions 2 through 40, Contractor shall warrant W ork included in this project, for a minimum period of one (1) year following acceptance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion by Owner, to cover performance, materials, workmanship and compliance with Contract Documents. B. Corrective W ork: Provide service within thirty (30) calendar days when requested by Owner. Perform services during normal working hours, unless specifically directed otherwise by Owner. Coordinate with Owner’s representative to schedule performance of corrective work. W here designated service providers cannot perform corrective work within the Owner’s required time frame, engage another qualified service provider. Submit a written statement to Owner upon completion of corrective work; document work performed and list outstanding items, if any. 1. W hen a completed breakdown of a piece of equipment occurs of the malfunction of a system affects the environment or program involving 50 or more persons at a time (employees and students combined), or creates a safety or security risk to the Owner, an EMERGENCY may be declared by the Owner. The Owner may declare an emergency as defined above at which time the service response must be within 4 hours and may require action during non-normal working hours. 2. When an emergency condition occurs, the Owner may take immediate corrective action to relieve the problem by making, a minimum as possible, temporary adjustments and/or repairs when necessary to decrease the problem until the designated Contractor’s representative can respond. These temporary adjustments and repairs will in no way jeopardize the existing warranty. 3. The Owner’s service staff will advise the Contractor’s Representative of all temporary adjustments and repairs done in relation to the malfunctioning equipment or facility. 4. If the Contractor fails to respond with actual service within four (4) hours, and/or the necessary repairs or adjustments are not satisfactorily complete twenty-four (24) hours, the Owner will have the authority to make the necessary repairs or adjustments and charge the Contractor for parts and labor. 5. If all adjustments and repairs done by the Owner in relation to the above conditions are done by authorized district personnel, there will be no negative effect of future warranty claims. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York W ARRANTIES AND BONDS HUGHES HALL W ARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 C. Related Damages and Losses: W hen correcting failed or damaged warranted W ork, remove and replace other W ork that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted W ork. D. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. E. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that W ork covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the W ork to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective W ork regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the W ork through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. F. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. G. Contractor's Procurement Obligations: Do not purchase, subcontract for, or allow others to purchase or subcontract for materials or units of W ork for Project where a special project guaranty, specified product warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required until it has been determined that entities required to sign or countersign such commitments are willing to do so. H. Specific W arranty. W here a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such W ork or part of the W ork, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the W ork until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the W ork, or a designated portion of the W ork, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect or Owner. 1. W hen a designated portion of the W ork is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect and Owner within fifteen (15) days of completion of that designated portion of the W ork. B. W hen a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for acceptance prior to final execution. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York W ARRANTIES AND BONDS HUGHES HALL W ARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. Submit a schedule listing all required warranties. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. The W arranties and Bonds shall be in electronic pdf format. Each submission shall include the title of the Project and the name of the Contractor. B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references. C. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Item description. 3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. – Provides perimeter heat) 4. W arranty Provider. Is the warranty provided by a manufacturer or installer? 5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number. 6. Scope. 7. Duration. a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 8. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York W ARRANTIES AND BONDS HUGHES HALL W ARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-5 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. ***END OF SECTION 01 78 36*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS HUGHES HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner’s Representative and the Architect. 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS HUGHES HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 C. Drawings As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to-day basis in concert with the progress of the work. W here applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation “per Change Order No. X”, or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan for producing the “As-Built” drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups. Such plan shall be subject to approval of the Owner. The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner’s Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all changes to the following areas of construction: 1. Architectural: a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code b. W all, door, window locations c. Built in casework locations d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations e. Material and products where submittals are requested 2. Civil and Structural a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical b. Materials and products where submittals are requested c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems d. Site related elements including: - Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data. e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock-out" panels made during construction. f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems g. Geotechnical subsurface information h. Items that will require future maintenance i. Life safety critical items CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS HUGHES HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection) a. Products where submittals are requested b. Final locations of all equipment. c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork. d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork. e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators. f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers. g. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations. h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean-outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage. 4. Electrical a. Products where submittals were requested. b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type. c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access Control/Security systems. d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies. e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions. 5. Environmental a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure D. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS HUGHES HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4 ACOUSTIC UPGRADES March 15, 2019 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner’s Representative. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39** GENERAL NOTES 1. EXAMINE JOB SITE AND VERIFY ALL SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SIGNING CONTRACT. BRING ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 2. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. COORDINATE IN THE FIELD, WITH THE ARCHITECT AND WITH ALL TRADES, THE EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, VALVES, THERMOSTATS, ETC. AND ROUTING OF PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, ETC. 3. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULES, REGULATIONS, STANDARDS, CODES, ORDINANCES, AND LAWS OF LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL GOVERNMENTS, AND OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. 4. OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY APPROVALS, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS. PAY ALL ASSOCIATED FEES. 5. GUARANTEE ALL SYSTEMS AND WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 6. BEFORE STARTING WORK SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL ONE (1) COMPLETE SET OF ELECTRONIC SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA FROM MANUFACTURERS, SUPPLIERS, ETC. THE SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN PDF FORMAT AND SHALL BE CLEAN ORIGINAL FILES (LE. NOT SCANS OF HARD COPY CATALOGS). 7. CONTRACTOR'S SHALL MAINTAIN A NOTATED SET OF "AS -BUILT" DRAWINGS ONSITE SHOWING ALL DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SHALL TURN THEM OVER TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 8. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND OF COMMERCIAL GRADE AND BEAR THE UNDERWRITER'S LABEL WHERE APPLICABLE. 9. LOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND MAKE SERVICEABLE CONNECTIONS TO SAME. 10. OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE BUILDING OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ANY INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING SYSTEMS. COORDINATE ACCEPTABLE WORKING HOURS WITH SAME. 11. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC. CAP ALL PIPING ABANDONED IN WALLS. 12. CLEAN ALL RELOCATED EQUIPMENT AND RELOCATED AIR DEVICES. 13. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING IS BY RESPECTIVE CONTRACTORS. CORE DRILL OR SAW CUT ALL MASONRY AND RESTORE ALL SURFACES TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. PAINTING AND FINISHING ARE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. PIPING AND SPECIALTIES 1. ALL PIPING SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ANSI SAFETY CODE AND BE FREE FROM ALL DEFECTS. 2. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PIPING THROUGH MASONRY, FIRE RATED WALLS, AND SMOKE PARTITIONS. SLEEVES SHALL BE 22 GAUGE OR HEAVIER STEEL; SCHEDULE 40 IN BEARING WALLS. SIZE SLEEVES TO ACCOMMODATE PIPE INSULATION WHERE APPLICABLE. 3. PROVIDE PIPE HANGERS TO SUPPORT PIPING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED SLOPE, PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION, ISOLATE VIBRATION, AND RELIEVE EQUIPMENT AND SPECIALTIES FROM STRAIN. SPACE HANGERS ACCORDING TO APPLICABLE CODES AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. IDENTIFY ALL PIPING WITH SEMIRIGID OR ADHESIVE PLASTIC IDENTIFICATION MARKERS, EXCEPT WITHIN INACCESSIBLE CHASES. MARKERS SHALL SHOW DIRECTION OF FLOW. MARKERS SHALL BE LOCATED NEXT TO EACH VALVE, AT EACH BRANCH, ON BOTH SIDES OF PIPE PASSAGE THROUGH WALLS AND ON ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING AT 20' MAXIMUM INTERVALS. 5. ROUTE ALL PIPING CONCEALED IN WALLS, ABOVE CEILING AND BELOW FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. RUN PARALLEL WITH BUILDING LINES. 6. PROVIDE DRAIN PLUGS AT LOW POINTS. 7. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT ALL JUNCTIONS OF DISSIMILAR METALS. 8. ALL SHUTOFF VALVES, CONTROL VALVES, ETC. ARE FULL LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL PIPING ON WARM SIDE OF BUILDING INSULATION. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING WHERE SUBJECT TO FREEZING. 9. ALL PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH WALLS AND CEILING OPENINGS, SLEEVES, AND PIPE HANGERS. 10. TEST ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND INSPECTOR'S REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSULATING OR ENCLOSING. EQUIPMENT 1. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. 2. ALL ELECTRICAL POWER WIRING IS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CONTROL WIRING IS BY RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. 3. PROVIDE OWNER WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. INCLUDE CONTRACTOR'S, SUPPLIER'S, AND MANUFACTURER'S NAMES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NOTES 1. SCOPE: WORK INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. PROVIDE NEW RADIATORS TO SUPPLEMENT EXISTING AS SHOWN ON PLANS B. PIPE NEW RADIATORS IN SERIES WITH EXISTING FIN TUBE CONVECTORS AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. RE -USE EXISTING CONTROL VALVE. C. PROVIDE NEW TRANSFER ASSEMBLIES WITH ACOUSTIC LINER AS SHOWN ON PLANS 2. DUCTWORK AND SPECIALTIES A. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH S.M.A.C.N.A. "H.V.A.C. DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS", LATEST EDITION. B. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED SHEETMETAL. C, TEST DUCT SYSTEMS FOR AIR TIGHTNESS AND ABSENCE OF AUDIBLE LEAKS BEFORE ENCLOSURE. INSULATION D. INSULATION 1. PROVIDE ACOUSTIC DUCT LINER AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. ACOUSTIC DUCT LINER SHALL BE NOMINAL 1 INCH THICK, 3.0 PCF DENSITY WITH ANTI -MICROBIAL COATING. ALL SEAMS TO BE SEALED. LEADING EDGES TO BE COVERED WITH SHEETMETAL NOSING. E. AIR DEVICES 1. CEILING RETURN REGISTER (CRR): STEEL RETURN REGISTER, WITH BARS SET AT 35 DEG. DEFLECTION AND OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER, 1-1/4" BORDER. FINISH SIZE TO BE 23-3/4" x 23- 3/4" TO MATCH CEILING GRID. BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FINISH. SUBMIT COLOR CHART. (TITUS MODEL 350RL). 3. PIPING AND SPECIALTIES A. HEATING HOT WATER PIPING (ABOVE GROUND) 1. TYPE "L" HARD DRAWN COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND LEAD FREE SOLDER. SUPPORT PIPE 1-1/4" AND SMALLER AT 6' MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL INTERVALS, 1-1/2" AT 8' INTERVALS; 2" AND LARGER AT 10' INTERVALS. B. SHUTOFF VALVES 1. (2-1/2" AND SMALLER): BALL VALVES, TWO-PIECE, STANDARD PORT, SOLDER CONNECTION, BRONZE BODY, 316 STAINLESS STEEL BALL AND STEM, EXTENDED STEM FOR USE ON INSULATED PIPING, BRASS PACKING CLAMP, REINFORCING TFE SEAT, WITH ADJACENT UNION FOR SERVICING. C. INSULATION 1. FIBERGLASS INSULATION: INSULATE WITH 1.5" OF 3.5 PCF FACTORY MOLDED FIBROUS GLASS, WITH FACTORY APPLIED ALL SERVICE JACKET. SEAL SEAMS AND JOINTS TO PROVIDE UNBROKEN VAPOR BARRIER. COVER FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. HOT WATER RADIATOR SCHEDULE SYMBOL LOCATION MOUNTING STYLE ENCLOSURE STYLE BTUH/LF @ 180°F LENGTH HEIGHT DEPTH EWT WATER LWT GPM BASIS OF NAME DESIGN MODEL NO R-1 MENS RESTROOM L0021 WALL -MOUNTED FLAT -PANEL RADIATOR 1325 2' 17.3" 2" 180 170 1.0 RUNTAL RF -6 R-2 WOMENS RESTROOM L0022 WALL -MOUNTED FLAT -PANEL RADIATOR 1325 2' 17.3" 2" 180 170 1.0 RUNTAL RF -6 R-3 RESTROOM 10021 WALL -MOUNTED FLAT -PANEL RADIATOR 1325 2' 17.3" 2" 180 170 1 1.0 RUNTAL RF -6 R-4 RESTROOM 10020 WALL -MOUNTED FLAT -PANEL RADIATOR 1325 2' 17.3" 2" 180 170 1.0 RUNTAL RF -6 R-5 MENS RESTROOM G0021 WALL -MOUNTED FLAT -PANEL RADIATOR 1325 2' 17.3" 2" 180 170 1.0 RUNTAL RF -6 WARNING: It is a violation of Section 7209 of Article 145 of the State Education Law for any person to alter any document that bears the seal of a professional engineer, unless the person is acting under the direction of a licensed professional engineer. thaca, NY 14853 No. Date Revision KSS ARCHITECTS 150 So. Independence Mall West Suite 944 Philadelphia, PA 19106 t: 215.320.3000 www. kssarchitects. com Bruce E Brooks Et Associates 2209 Chestnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 215-569-0400 Keast a Hood Co. of New York, P.C. 400 Market St, Suite 1250 Philadelphia, PA 19106 215-625-0099 Acentech 8 Interplex Drive, #218 Trevose, PA 19053 215-245-8244 Trowbridge Wolf Michaels 1001 W Seneca St Ithaca, NY 14850 607-277-1400 Atelier 10 195 Church St # 10 New Haven, CT 06510 203-777-1400 TG Miller 203 North Aurora Street Ithaca, NY 14850 607-272-6477 BID SUBMISSION Project No.: 15-037 Issued: 03/15/19 HVAC SPECS H.2 REMOVE HAND DRYER. SEAL OPENING. PULL WIRING BACK TO PANEL AND LABEL CIRCUIT AS "SPARE 8x8 TRANSFER DUCT „----WITH 1" DUCT LINER 8x8 TRANSFER DUCT WITH 1'DUCT LINER (N) CRR, TYP OF 4 (E) FTC HAND DRYER. SEAL OPENING. PULL WIRING BACK TO PANEL AND LABEL CIRCUIT AS ''SPARE" 8x8 TRANSFER DUCT WITH 1" DUCT LINER (N) CD, TYP OF 2 --REMOVE HAND DRYER. SEAL OPENING. PULL WIRING BACK TO PANEL AND RE- LABEL BREAKER AS "SPARE' c HVAC LL1 NEW WORK PLAN - BATHROOM CHANGES 1/8" = INTERNALLY LINED SHEET METAL DUCT. SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS HORIZONTAL RUN - SEE PLAN VIEW ABOVE AND FLOORPLANS MIN 12" MIN 12" PLAN VIEW 1" DUCT LINER WrIIIIIIIPIAMIAVAPIWIVIIIIIIIIIIMAPIPIVAVAPPIIIIAPArl / 0 0 0 0 I 0 0 r ANIVAIIIIIIIIPIVAIIIIIIII AIII 401 lor a d 0 100 5 54/M WM Or IIMMIIIIIMSER•02111511•5111511112•• 11151111911•9•5115115111MI 11011•IMINIIMIZIA FULL HEIGHT WALL OR PARTITION CEILING CRR SECTION VIEW 5 RETURN AIR TRANSFER DUCT DETAIL H.1) 6" = 11-0" IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I : :11 iJii Cr) (E) FTC REMOVE HAND DRYER. SEAL OPENING. PULL WIRING BACK TO PANEL AND LABEL AS "SPARE" R 3 ---(N) CRR, TYP OF 2 8x8 TRANSFER DUCT WITH 1" DUCT LINER ) ) 2 HVAC GROUND FLOOR NEW WORK PLAN - BATHROOM CHANGES Fiy 1/8" = (N) RUNTAL RADIATOR N R 4 (N) CRR REMOVE HAND DRYER. PULL WIRING BACK TO PANEL AND LABEL AS SPARE TYP OF 2 8x8 TRANSFER DUCT WITH " DUCT LINER 1• 177 Li 8x8 TRANSFER DUCT WITH 1" DUCT LINER REMOVE HAND DRYER. PULL WIRING BACK TO PANEL AND LABEL AS SPARE -----(N) CRR, TYP OF 2 R 5 HVAC LEVEL 1 NEW WORK PLAN - BATHROOM CHANGES 1/8" = 1'-0" (E) FIN TUBE CONVECTOR (E) SHUT-OFF AND BALANCING VALVES (E) BALANCING AND CONTROL VALVES RELOCATE AS NECESSARY - - FIN TUBE / RADIATOR SCHEMATIC PIPING DETAIL - BATHROOM CHANGES N.T.S. HWS HWR WARNING: It is 145 of the State any document engineer, unl direction of a violation of Section 7209 of Article Education Law for any person to alter that bears the seal of a professional ess the person is acting under the a licensed professional engineer. Cornell University thaca, NY 14853 No. Date Revision KSS ARCHITECTS 150 So. Independence Mall West Suite 944 Philadelphia, PA 19106 t: 215.320.3000 www. kssarchitects. com Bruce E Brooks Et Associates 2209 Chestnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 215-569-0400 Keast a Hood Co. of New York, P.C. 400 Market St, Suite 1250 Philadelphia, PA 19106 215-625-0099 Acentech 8 Interplex Drive, #218 Trevose, PA 19053 215-245-8244 Trowbridge Wotf Michaels 1001 W Seneca St Ithaca, NY 14850 607-277-1400 Atelier 10 195 Church St # 10 New Haven, CT 06510 203-777-1400 TG Miller 203 North Aurora Street Ithaca, NY 14850 607-272-6477 BID SUBMISSION Project No.: 15-037 Issued: 10/10/2018 BATHROOM CHANGES HVAC NEW WORK PLANS H.1 (NOTE: ACOUSTIC CLIPS CANNOT ACOMMODATE HANGING ITEMS) EQ / EQ EQ CO 7. i i % 1 Storefront Elevation 812 1/4" = 1'-0" EX'G WOOD FRAMED GLAZING SYSTEM EX'G DOOR TO REMAIN 2 \ Storefront Elevation A812 1 /4" = 1 '-0" 70'-11 3/4" 1'-3" 2'-0" 2'-0" V. I . F. 2'-0" 2'-21/16" V.I.F, • ............... FABRIC WRAPPED ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS, TYP EX'G MARKER BOARD EX'G PTD GWB EX'G WOOD BASE Seminar Room G29 - West Elevation �A81� 1 /4" = 1 1-0" 3-6 1 /2" 3'-2" EQ EQ EQ EQ / EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 7 1 i i 5 Storefront Elevation TILE BASE A812 MEETING ROOM G52 1/4" = 1'-0" FABRIC WRAPPED ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS, TYP EX'G PTD GWB EX'G WOOD BASE �� Ground Floor Typ. Conf. Room - South Elev. A812 1/4" = 1'-0" FABRIC WRAPPED ACOUSTIC WALL / EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ PANELS, TYP MEETING ROOM G28R EX'G WOOD BASE EX'G PTD GWB EQ / EQ Ground Floor Typ. Conf. Room - West Elev. 1/4" = 1 '-0" EQ EQ 1 -11 - Ground Floor Typ. Mtg. Room - East Elev. \\/,8 121 1 /4" = 1 1-0" I Grounc Floor Typ. Mtg. Room - South Elev. 1 /4" = 1 '-0" FABRIC WRAPPED ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS, TYP EX'G PTD GWB EX'G WOOD BASE Level 4_G 9 30'-3" 9 Elevation 4 - a A812 FABRIC WRAPPED ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS, TYP EX'G WOOD BASE EX'G PTD GWB 1/4" = 1 '-0" EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ FABRIC WRAPPED ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS, TYP EX'G PTD GWB EX'G WOOD BASE LL_ 20' - 2" Ar 10 Lower Level Lounge -Elevation 1 812 LL1 20'-2" 13 1 Lower Level Lounge - Elevation 2 1/4" = 1 '-0" A812 1 /4" = 11-0" GLAZING LEGEND IGU 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT, TEMPERED WHERE GLAZING IS LOCATED LESS THAN 18" A.F.F. MTG. ROOM SIDE OFFICE SIDE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING GWB PARTITION REMOVE EX'G GLASS AND TURN OVER TO OWNER REMOVE EX'G WOOD GLAZING STOPS & STORE FOR RE -USE EXISTING/DEMOLITION CORRIDOR SIDE ROOM SIDE 14 Interview Area Reglazing GLAZING TAPE ACOUSTIC SEALANT 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT MODIFY EX'G GLAZING STOP & REINSTALL NEW CONSTRUCTION CORRIDOR SIDE ROOM SIDE A812 3" = 1 '-0" REMOVE, PROTECT, & STORE 1" INSULATED GLASS NIT. MARK LOCATIONS & ORIENTATION OF EX'G UNITS FOR REINSTALLATION EXISTING/DEMOLITION CORRIDOR SIDE REMOVE & STORE WOOD GLAZING STOP ROOM SIDE Event Room Reglazing 3" = 1'-0" EX'G STRUCTURE ABOVE REMOVE & MODIFY CEILING EDGE, GRID & TILES AS REQUIRED EX'G 5/8" GWB EX'G AIV MONITOR RECESS EX'G 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS © 16" 0.C. REMOVE EX'G GWB & BASE FROM OFFICE SIDE GLAZING TAPE ACOUSTIC SEALANT REINSTALL EX'G 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT REINSTALL EX'G WOOD GLAZING STOP CORRIDOR SIDE NEW CONSTRUCTION CORRIDOR SIDE PAMELA L. REW Trci u Q =•• a) 0 V 037828-1 Ithaca, NY 14853 rompro nom mits owe _so mum ROOM SIDE 6" Wood Storefront Dou 3" = 1 '-0" MTG. ROOM SIDE OFFICE SIDE ROOM SIDE EX'G WOOD MULLION EX'G 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT; SEE DETAIL 15/A812 3/4" CONTINUOUS ACOUSTIC SEALANT, TYP BOND BREAKER TAPE EX'G GWB PARTITION ole Fin EX'G STRUCTURE ABOVE CONTINUOUS PAINTABLE ACOUSTIC SEALANT BEAD REINSTALL CEILING EDGE, GRID & TILES AS REQUIRED EX'G 5/8" GWB EX'G A/V MONITOR RECESS EX'G 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS @ 16" 0,C, 3 1/2" ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION, ACOUSTIC CLIP @ 48" 0.0 MAX, ANCHOR TO F.0. EX'G STUD PER MFR REQUIREMENTS, TYP 7/8" HORIZ, HAT CHANNELS @ 16" 0,0,, TYP (2X) 5/8" PTD GWB BASE TO MATCH EX'G CONTINUOUS PAINTABLE ACOUSTIC SEALANT BEAD P1 GWB FURRING (3 5/8" MTL STUDS + CLIP + 7/8" CHANNEL) � - STC: 60 KSS ARCHITECTS 150 So, Independence Matt West Suite �` f A 4te 9 44 Phitad tpl- t:215,320 WWW, kssaI cI . tects,c 19106 Bruce E Brooks Et Associates 2209 Chestnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 '15- 0.-0400 Keast Et Hood Co. of New York, P.C. 400 Market S -, Suite1250 Philadelphia, PA 19106 215-625-0099 Acentech 8 I n erptex Drive, Trevose, MA 19053 215-245-8244 244 Trowbridge Wolf Michaels 1001 W Seneca St Ithaca., NY 14850 607-277-1'00 � Atelier £ 10[ 16.:x...' Church St 10 New Haven, CT €0 510 203-777-1400 TG Miller `� North North Aur ora NY 14850 BID SUBMISSION Project No.:2014-22194 Issued: 03/15/2019 Storefront Elevations Et Details A812 ALIGN FIXTURES AT 0.0, CEILING TILE, UNO, TYP EXISTING GWB SOFFIT TO REMAIN EQ v i 7. EQ REPLACE EXISTING GWB CEILING WITH ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING AS SPECIFIED, TYP, EXISTING GWB SOFFIT TO REMAIN Q -WOMEN RESTROO E SEE 11.1 FOR ADDTL INFORMATION RELATED TO HVAC SCOPE OF WORK Enlargec 1/4" = 1'-0" RCP - LL 0021 +0022 AD D z z Enlarged RCP - L0023 1 /4" = 1'-0" REUSE EXISTING FIXTURES, DEVICES AND DIFFUSERS. PREPARE ALL FIXTURES FOR SPECIFIED ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING AND GRID, TYP IN AREA INDICATED, ON COMPLETION OF CEILING DEMOLITION INSPECT ALL EXISTING MEP/FP WALL AND CEILING PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE BACKING MATERIAL AND ACOUSTICAL SEAL AT ANY UNSEALED OPENINGS. REPLACE EXISTING GWB CEILING WITH ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING AS SPECIFIED, TYP, REUSE EXISTING FIXTURES, DEVICES AND DIFFUSERS, PREPARE ALL FIXTURES FOR SPECIFIED ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING AND GRID, TYP ALIGN FIXTURES AT 0.0, CEILING TILE; UNO, TYP EXISTING GWB SOFFIT TO REMAIN 2'-0" REPLACE EXISTING GWB CEILING WITH ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING AS SPECIFIED, TYP. 7.0 7.1 0"EQ 0 w 0 w 0 w ADO1 WOMEN'S RESTROOM G0021 B1 7'-6" A.F.F. 0 w SEE H.1 FOR ADDTL INFORMATION RELATED TO HVAC SCOPE OF WORK 2 1 Enlarced RCP - G0021 y\J:210 1 /4" = 1 '-0" EXIST. ACOUSTIC WOOD CEILING TO REMAIN ALIGN FIXTURES AT C.O. CEILING TILE, UNO, TYP REUSE EXISTING FIXTURES, DEVICES AND DIFFUSERS. PREPARE ALL FIXTURES FOR SPECIFIED ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING AND GRID, TYP IN AREA INDICATED, ON COMPLETION OF CEILING DEMOLITION INSPECT ALL EXISTING MEP/FP WALL AND CEILING PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE BACKING MATERIAL AND ACOUSTICAL SEAL AT ANY UNSEALED OPENINGS. EXIST. GYP. BD. CEILING TO REMAIN 8b REPLACE EXISTING GWB CEILING WITH ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING AS SPECIFIED, TYP. EQ X X EQ RESTROOM 10021 ALIGN FIXTURES AT C.O. CEILING TILE, UNO, TYP REUSE EXISTING FIXTURES, DEVICES AND DIFFUSERS. PREPARE ALL FIXTURES FOR SPECIFIED ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING AND GRID, TYP 0 w OS RESTROO 10020 J SEE H.1 FOR ADDTL INFORMATION RELATED TO HVAC SCOPE OF WORK IN AREA INDICATED, ON COMPLETION OF CEILING DEMOLITION INSPECT ALL EXISTING MEP/FP WALL AND CEILING PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE BACKING MATERIAL AND ACOUSTICAL SEAL AT ANY UNSEALED OPENINGS. Enlarged RCP - 10021+10022 \A210 1/4" = 1'-O" SURFACE MOUNTED 24X48 WOOD FIBER ACOUSTICAL PANELS OVER EXISITNG GYPSUM BOARD CEILING. USE MANUFACTURER'S D-20 MOUNTING CONFIGURATION WITH 1X3 WOOD FURRING STRIPS AT 24" 0.0. OVER GYPSUM BOARD AND DIRECT ATTACHED ACOUSTIC PANELS. 10 10a GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1, ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING WITHIN CONTRACT LIMIT LINE & PREPARE SURFACE FOR NEW FINISHES, COORDINATE WITH ASBESTOS ABATEMENT. 3. REMOVE EXISTING MILLWORK CLOSETS WITHIN CONTRACT LIMIT LINE, LOCATED WITHIN ROOMS LABELED 'DORM.' 4. REVIEW AND COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING AND NEW UTILITIES WITH DEMOLITION & EXCAVATION / FOUNDATION WORK. SEE CIVIL, MEP AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, 5. DEMOLISH EXISTING PARTITIONS & DOORS WHERE INDICATED. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACES TO MATCH EXISTING AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION. 6. DEMOLISH EXISTING WINDOW SILLS, JAMBS, AND HEAD FOR INSTALLATON OF NEW WOOD SILLS, JAMBS, AND HEAD. TYPICAL LL3 TO GROUND LEVEL 7, PREPARE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR NEW WORK WITHIN CONTRACT LIMIT LINE, SEE FP DRAWINGS. 8, PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACES TO MATCH EXISTING AFFECTED BY CONTRACTUAL MEP WORK, 9. SEE ELECTRICAL POWER PLANS FOR FLOOR BOX LOCATIONS. 10. COORDINATE WORK WITH PHASING PLANS G003 & G004 11. CORNELL TO REMOVE ALL LOOSE FURNISHINGS & EQUIPMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. 12. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH ABATEMENT DRAWINGS 13. TYPICAL ALL FLOORS: NEW FLOOR DRAINS FOR TOILET ROOM FLOORS REQUIRE CORING OF EXISTING SLAB. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWING SEE 5/S300. 14, AT EXISTING BATHROOMS, EXISTING TILE FLOORING AND SETTING BED TO BE REMOVED AND A FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND TO BE INSTALLED AT ALL EXISTING FLOOR DEPRESSIONS. PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING IN PROPOSED TOILET ROOMS TO BE INSTALLED FOR FLUSH CONDITION WITH CORRIDOR CARPET FLOORING. 15.All existing blinds to be demolished. New blinds are being proposed per current construction documents. 16.AII existing wall tack boards to be demolished 17.AII existing fire extinguishers to be removed and turned over to EH&S 18. Existing wall mounted conduit and ADA push panel on masonry wall in Loggia to be demolished 10b 11 7/8" - V.I. F. - N M I11 Enlarged RCP - L0041 N RCP DEVICE LEGEND B EXISTING LED MODEL "NSA10" REMOVE AND DISCARD GYPSUM FLANGES; PROVIDE AND INSTALL MANUFACTURERS GRID SUPPORT BRACKETS C EXISTING LED MODEL "LDN6SQ" DOWNLIGHT TO BE RE -USED. ADJUST EXISTING MOUNTING CHANNEL BARS TO ALIGN WITH CEILING GRID; SECURE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AD EXISTING LED ROOM LIGHT MODEL "GOTHAM EVO SQ" TO BE RE -USED. ADJUST EXISTING HANGER BARS AND MOUNTING BRACKETS TO ALIGN WITH CEILING GRID; SECURE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS OS EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO BE RE -USED. MOUNT TO CEILING GRID PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. EXISTING RETURN AIR GRILLE TO BE RE -USED, RE -INSTALL IN CEILING GRID PAMELA L. REVD 1111 simmiO In3 W >, LA 2 v) L. a°a c V D On = =.1M cO V a,, Q u 037828-1 L17 00 No ._Date Revision KSS ARCHITECTS 150 So, IndependenceMatt West. �.A Suite 9 44 Phitad tpl- t:215,320 www, k.ssar C.., tects,c 19106 Bruce E Brooks Et Associates 2209 Chestnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 '15- (9.0400 Keast Et Hood Co. of New York, P.C. 400 Market St. Suite 1250 Philadelphia, P419106 215-625-0099 Acentech 8 n,terptex: Drive: Trevose, PA 19053 215-245-8244 Trowbridge Wolf Michaels 1001 W Seneca St Ithaca., NY 14850 607-277-1'00 27.71'F 0 Atelier 10 I Church St 10 New Haven, CT €0 510 203-777-1400 TG Miller `� North North Aur ora NY 14850 2-6/ BID SUBMISSION Project No.:2014-22194 Issued: 03/15/2019 Enlarged Ceiling Plans A210 1 10 13 (L002;3) GENDER NEUTRAL TOILET L0023 10 102 Lower Level - Lounge Plan 1/4" = 1'-0" :7.0) X71 a 7b 8b ELEC L0064 NOTE: REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ON DRAWING A210 FOR ADDITIONAL WORK IN THIS AREA r-2 Lower Level - Event Room / Corridor Plan CORRIDOR L0041 EVENT ROOM L28 102 1/4" = 1'-0" (G28P) 5 FT- G28R-, MEETING ROOM G28R 28R - A812 12 11 Ground Level - Meeting Room G28R Plan 2 (G28S) 102 1/4" = 1'-0" KEYNOTES 1: ISOLATION AT PARTITION WITH MONITOR INSTALL PARTITION P1 FLUSH TO F.O. METAL STUDS OF EXST PARTITIONS WITH ACOUSTIC CLIPS. SEE A812 FOR ADDTL INFORMATION 0002) O O WOMEN'S RESTROOM G0021 Grounc 1/4" = 1'-0" 7: ACOUSTIC SEAL AT PARTITION: PROVIDE CONTINOUS BOND BREAKER AND ACOUSTIC SEALANT AT FULL HEIGHT OF WOOD STOREFRONT MULLION AT INTERSECTION WITH PARTITION; SEE DETAIL 15/A812, TYP BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC CLIP, PLITEQ GENIECLIP (RESILIENT CLIP) OR APPROVED EQUAL BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO ACOUSTIC/CURTAINWALL SEALANT 2: STORM WINDOWS PROVIDE ALUMINUM FRAMED HORIZONTALLY SLIDING STORM WINDOW IN EXISTING OPENING 4 -INCHES INBOARD OF EXISTING STEEL CASEMENT WINDOWS ON THE ROOM SIDE. BASIS OF DESIGN: MAN -RAY DEVAC 450 -GL SERIES TO MATCH OTHER SIMILAR IN FACILITY, 3: INSTALL 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT WHERE NOTED; REMOVE, PROTECT AND STORE EXISTING WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND EXISTING 1/4" GLAZING. TURN GLAZING UNITS OVER TO UNIVERSITY UNDAMAGED. PREPARE GLAZING STOPS AS SHOWN ANS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE 1" INSULATED GLAZING UNIT. INSTALL INSULATING GLASS AS DETAILED WITH GLAZING TAPE AND ACOUSTIC SEAL. SEE 15/A812, BASIS OF DESIGN: GLAZING TAPE: TREMCO 440 TAPE, 1/8" ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO PRO GLAZE 4: REMOVE EXISTING TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES: REMOVE AND MAKE SAFE EXISITNG AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER AND RECESSED TRASH RECEPTACLE/TOWEL DISPENSER. PATCH; REPAIR AND FINISH PARTITION TO MATCH ADJACENT, INSTALL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PROVIDED BY UNIVERSITY. SEE MEP H.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, 5: REPLACE GLAZING SEALS: WHERE NOTED, REMOVE, PROTECT AND STORE EXISTING WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND INSULATING GLASS. CATALOG ALL UNITS BY LOCATION AND ORIENTATION FOR REINSTALLATION. REINSTALL INSULATING GLASS AS DETAILED WITH GLAZING TAPE AND ACOUSTIC SEAL. SEE 14/A812. BASIS OF DESIGN: GLAZING TAPE: TREMCO 440 TAPE, 1/8" ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO PRO GLAZE 6: REPLACE GLASS IN DOOR: REMOVE PROTECT AND STORE WOOD GLAZING STOPS AND 1/4" FULL LITE VISION GLASS FROM EXISTING WOOD DOOR, TURN GLAZING OVER TO UNIVERSITY UNDAMAGED, PROVIDE 5/8" THICK INSULATING GLASS IN EXISITNG WOOD DOOR. MODIFY TO FIT AND REINSTALL OR REPLACE WOOD GLAZING STOPS WITH NEW TO MATCH EXISTING WOOD SPECIES COLOR AND nnncu 8: ACOUSTIC SEAL AT EXISTING WINDOWS: PROVIDE CONTINOUS ACOUSTIC SEALANT "HEEL BEAD" AT FULL PERIMETER OF INTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR WINDOWS AT LOCATIONS SHOWN, TYP BASIS OF DESIGN: ACOUSTIC SEALANT: TREMCO ACOUSTICICURTAINWALL SEALANT 9: ADD ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS BASIS OF DESIGN: PROVIDE SOUNDSOAK 60 -FR -701, 1" THICK FABRIC WRAPPED WALL PANELS WITH KERF EDGE BY ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES OR APPROVED EQUAL, FABRIC COLOR TO BE CHOSEN FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RANGE. GENERAL INSTALLATION: PANELS TO BE MOUNTED USING MANUFACTURER'S INTERNAL H SPLINE OVER FURRING STRIPS MOUNTED TO EXISTING WALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. ALL EXPOSED EDGES TO BE PROVIDED WITH MANUFACTURER'S J MOLDING. LOCATE PANELS EXTENDING FROM 4' ABOVE THE FLOOR, TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE CEILING, WALL LOCATION AS SHOWN, CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FABRIC WRAPPED PANELS WITH EXISTING WALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT, 10: CEILINGS: WHERE NOTED IN RESTROOM CEILINGS, REMOVE EXISTING GWB CEILING INCLUDING ALL BACKUP, ANCHORAGE AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORT, INSTALL ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. BASIS OF DESIGN: ARMSTRONG OPTIMA SQUARE TEGULAR FINE TEXTURE, 24"X24"X1" (MODEL #3355) WITH SUPRAFINE 9/16" SUSPENSION GRID. Level - Restroom Plan 1 IDF 128K 11: ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS: PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNTED 24X48 WOOD FIBER ACOUSTICAL PANELS OVER EXISITNG 1 H GYPSUM BOARD CEILING, USE MANUFACTURERS D-20 MOUNTING CONFIGURATION WITH 1X3 �� WOOD FURRING STRIPS AT 24" 0,C. OVER GYPSUM BOARD AND DIRECT ATTACHED ACOUSTIC PANELS. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FABRIC WRAPPED PANELS WITH EXISTING WALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT, BASIS OF DESIGN: 1" TECTUM PANELS BY ARMSTRONG 12: REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM & FINISHES AT PARTITION INDICATED: PROVIDE AND INSTALL MIN. 3-1/2" BATT INSULATION IN STUD CAVITY AND AS INDICATED. INSTALL AND FINISH GYPSUM AT PARTITION TO MATCH PRE -DEMOLITION CONDITIONS. • (128K) (3 4010 42 rTh 1 A8 12 MEETING ROOM G52 7 1 Ground Level - Meeting Room G52 Plan A102 1 /4" = 1 '-0" C.S. INTERVIEW 132 Level 1 - Interview Area Plan C.S. INTERVIEW 130 00021) CORRIDOR L0041 IlilollI, SEMINAR ROOM Ground Level -Seminar Room Plan A10_22 1/4" = 1'-0° MEN'S RESTROOM WOMEN'S RESTROOM /-3Lower Level -Restroom Plan �A102 CORRIDOR 100441 1/4" = 1'-0" Th C.S. INTERVIEW 128M C.S. INTERVIEW 128N O A.1 ti a CORRIDOR 10040 RESTROOM 10021 (1002p *020) (FOOD cp RESTROOM 10020 8 Level 1 - Restroom Plan 102 1/4" = 1'-0" CAREER SERVICES RECEPTION / ADMIN. 128 101), 102 1 /4" = t-0" PAMELA L. REVD 037828-1 Ithaca, NY 14853 No ._Date Revision KSS ARCHITECTS 150 So, Independence Matt West. Suite 944 �` f Phitad tp) t:215,320 www, k.ssaI C,., tects,c . 19106 Bruce E Brooks Et Associates 2209 Chestnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 '15- (.9-0400 Keast Et Hood Co. of New York, P.C. 400 Market S _p Suite 1250 Philadelphia, PA 19106 215-625-0099 Acentech n ;erptex: Drive, Trevose, MA 19053 •ro 215-245-8244 Trowbridge Wolf Michaels 1001 W Seneca St Ithaca, NY 14850 607-277-1'00 2771'F 0 Atelier 10 I6.:�...' Church S4. 10 New Haven, CT 0 510 203-777-1400 TG Miller `� North North Aur ora. NY 14850 BID SUBMISSION Project No.:2014-22194 Issued: 03/15/2019 Enlarged Plans A102 2 4.9) 50 10 4. Mr ' Nom osaaaaaaaaaga 5Ay 13 raNFRaTal 3'6 F., fp n nom 1 3.1 LED F.51 Key Plan - Lower Level A102 A101 1/16" = 1'-0" PLAN LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN DOOR TAG, SEE SCHEDULE A801 E101) Pi ---„,,- rWi PARTITION TYPE, SEE A901 FOR DETAIL <> GLAZING TYPE, SEE A811 FOR DETAIL GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1, ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. ALL WALLS ARE EXISTING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL NEW PARTITIONS ARE METAL STUD FRAMING AND DRYWALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, 3. PATCH AND PREPARE FOR PAINT ALL EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN. 4. COORDINATE PHASING OF CONSTRUCTION WITH EXISTING BUILDING PROGRAMMING AND SCHEDULE. 5. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACES TO MATCH EXISTING EFFECTED BY CONTRACTUAL MEP WORK DONE WITHIN CONTRACT LIMIT LINES. 6. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INSPECT AND/OR TEST THE WALL CONSTRUCTION TO CONFIRM IT MEETS THE SPECIFIED ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE. UST OF SUBMITTALS: CONCTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PRODUCT LITERATURE AND COLOR CHARTS AND/OR SAMPLES OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS FOR REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT, 1, ACOUSTIC SEALANT 2. ACOUSTIC BATTS 3, ACOUSTIC CLIPS 4. CFMF 5. GYPSUM BOARD 6. VINYL BASE 7. GLASS 8. GLAZING SEALANT/TAPE 9. STORM WINDOWS 10. FABRIC PANELS 11. TECTUM ACOUSTIC PANELS 12. CEILINGS 13. PAINT BASIS OF DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS AND LIST OF ARCHITECTURAL SUBMITTALS: SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT, PROVIDE PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS BY MANUFACTURER'S LISTED BELOW. SUBMIT PRODUCT LITERATURE, TESTING DATA, SAMPLES AND/OR CHARTS FOR COLOR SELECTIONS FOR REVIEW IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES, WORKING DRAWINGS, CERTIFICATIONS, CALCULATIONS, TEST DATA, SAMPLES, PRODUCT DATA AND ANY OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY DATA REQUIRED TO AMPLIFY THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SHOW ARRANGEMENTS AND DETAILS, AND/OR PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE DESCRIPTIONS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED. • SHOP DRAWINGS ARE DRAWINGS, DIAGRAMS, SCHEDULES AND OTHER DATA SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR THE WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY SUB -CONTRACTOR, MANUFACTURER, SUPPLIER OR DISTRIBUTOR TO ILLUSTRATE SOME PORTION OF THE WORK. • PRODUCT DATA ARE ILLUSTRATIONS, STANDARD SCHEDULES, PERFORMANCE CHARTS, INSTRUCTIONS, BROCHURES, DIAGRAMS AND OTHER INFORMATION FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO ILLUSTRATE A MATERIAL, PRODUCT OR SYSTEM FOR SOME PORTION OF THE WORK. • SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS ARE PHYSICAL EXAMPLES WHICH ILLUSTRATE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR WORKMANSHIP AND ESTABLISH STANDARDS BY WHICH THE WORK WILL BE JUDGED. 1. ACOUSTIC SEALANT BASIS OF DESIGN: TREMCO PRO -GLAZE 2. ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION BASIS OF DESIGN: THERMAFIBER SAFB INSULATION 3. ACOUSTIC CLIPS BASIS OF DESIGN: PLITEQ GENIE CLIP (RESILIENT CLIP) 4. COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING BASIS OF DESIGN: CLARK DIETRICH PRO -STUD 5. GYPSUM BOARD BASIS OF DESIGN: UNITED STATES GYPSUM, SHEETROCK FIRECODE X 6. VINYL BASE BASIS OF DESIGN: JOHNSONITE RESILITENT WALL BASE 7. GLASS BASIS OF DESIGN: UNITED PLATE GLASS CO. - MATCH EXISITNG 8. GLASS FILM BASIS OF DESIGN: 3M CORPORATION -"FROST" - MATCH EXISITNG 9. GLAZING TAPE BASIS OF DESIGN: TREMCO 440 TAPE 10, GLAZING SEALANT BASIS OF DESIGN: TREMCO PRO -GLAZE, TREMCO ACOUSTIC/CURTAINWALL SEALANT 11, STORM WINDOWS BASIS OF DESIGN: MAN -RAY DEVAC 450 -GL SERIES - MATCH EXISTING 12, FABRIC WRAPPED ACOUSTIC PANELS BASIS OF DESIGN: SOUNDSOAK 60 -FR -701, 1" THICK 13, CEILINGS BASIS OF DESIGN: ARMSTRONG OPTIMA SQUARE TEGULAR FINE TEXTURE 24"x24"x1" (MODEL #3355) WITH SUPRAFINE 9/16" SUSPENSION GRID 14. ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS BASIS OF DESIGN: ARMSTRONG 1" TECTUM PANELS 15. PAINT BASIS OF DESIGN: DRYWALL: PPG PURE PERFORMACE, INTERIOR PRIMER, INTERIOR EGGSHELL ►,.-�J�I_s�-��1 *_ ' ONVM -- =_ (-2- Key Plan -Ground Level /101 / 1/16" = 1'-0° AA� 0 70 (NEW CD i3. 0 Key Plan - Level 1 ‘/!\_,, of 1/16" = 1'-0" PAMELA L. REVD W u .4c71 o U N Tug 0 V 037828-1 thaca, NY 14853 No ._Date Revision KSS ARCHITECTS 150 So. Independence Matt West. Suite 944 Phiiadetpha<, PA 19106 t: 215,320 00 www. kssard ts. on - Bruce E Brooks &t Associates 2209 Chestnut Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 '15- 69.0400 Keast &t Hood Co. of New York, P.C. 400 Market SCi.e 1250 Philadelphia, '19106 215-625-0099 Acentech pp rl €;er"o .'>( Drive,. Trevose, Sf'ose, 'A 19053 215-245-8244 Trowbridge Wolf Michaels 1 001 W Seneca St Ithaca., NY 14850 607-277-1'00 0 2 7.7 1' F 0 d..l�"�i„r r 9 � �f Atelier 10 Church Ss: 10 N e w Haven, C T 06510 203-777-1400 TG Miller `� North North Aur or a. NY 14850 BID SUBMISSION Project No.:2014-22194 Issued: 03/15/2019 Key Plans, Lower Levet, Ground Level, Level 1